NRC-10-0073, Transmittal of Revised Design Calculations for Setpoint Evaluation of Degraded Voltage Functions in Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1

Transmittal of Revised Design Calculations for Setpoint Evaluation of Degraded Voltage Functions in Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1

ML102780145
Person / Time
Site:	Fermi
Issue date:	10/04/2010
From:	Plona J DTE Energy
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Document Control Desk
References
NRC-10-0073
Download: ML102780145 (142)

Text

Joseph H. Plona Site Vice President 6400 N. Dixie Highway, Newport, MI 48166 Tel: 734.586.5910 Fax: 734.586.4172 DTE Energy 10 CFR 50.90 October 4, 2010 NRC-10-0073 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention: Document Control Desk Washington D C 20555-0001

References:

1) Fermi 2 NRC Docket No. 50-341 NRC License No. NPF-43

2) Detroit Edison's Letter to NRC, "Proposed License Amendment to Revise the Degraded Voltage Function Requirements of Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 to Reflect Undervoltage Backfit Modification," NRC-09-0022, dated June 10, 2009

3) Detroit Edison's Letter to NRC, "Response to Request for Additional Information Regarding the Proposed License Amendment to Revise the Degraded Voltage Function Requirement of Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 to Reflect Undervoltage Backfit Modification," NRC-09-0054, dated September 16, 2009

4) Detroit Edison's Letter to NRC, "Response to Request for Additional Information Regarding the Proposed License Amendment to Revise the Degraded Voltage Function Requirements of Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 to Reflect Undervoltage Backfit Modification," NRC-10-0006, dated July 23, 2010

Subject:

Transmittal of Revised Design Calculations for Setpoint Evaluation of Degraded Voltage Functions in Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 In Reference 2, Detroit Edison proposed a license amendment to the Fermi 2 Operating License to revise Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 to reflect changes resulting from a degraded voltage logic design modification developed to address an NRC backfit issue. The NRC reviewed the proposed license amendment and requested additional

USNRC NRC-10-0073 Page 2 information that was provided in References 3 and 4. A setpoint design calculation (DC) was provided with Reference 4 that included setpoint evaluation for functions in Technical Specifications Table 3.3.8.1-1.

During a conference call between NRC staff and Detroit Edison personnel on September 29, 2010, the NRC noted that degraded voltage relay as-found tolerances are not evaluated in the design calculation provided with Reference 4. The setpoint design calculation has been revised to include as-found acceptance criteria and is hereby provided in the enclosure to this letter.

Should you have any questions or require additional information, please contact Mr.

Rodney W. Johnson of my staff at (734) 586-5076.

Sincerely, Joseph H. Plona

Enclosure:

Setpoint Calculations: DC-0919, Volume I DCD 1, Revision A cc: NRC Project Manager NRC Resident Office Reactor Projects Chief, Branch 4, Region III Regional Administrator, Region III Supervisor, Electric Operators, Michigan Public Service Commission

USNRC NRC-10-0073 Page 3 I, J. Todd Conner, do hereby affirm that the foregoing statements are based on facts and circumstances which are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Todd onner (Dixetor, Nuclear Generation On this -_day of ,b-*-o , 2010 before me personally appeared J. Todd Conner, being first duly sworn and says that he executed the foregoing as his free act and deed.

Notary Pubic STAY OAKE8 oOTARY PUBU,O STATE OF I COWTYOF KOE AGWIM COLWYOF vomokW G

Enclosure to NRC-10-0073 Fermi 2 NRC Docket No. 50-341 Operating License No. NPF-43 Transmittal of Revised Design Calculations for Setpoint Evaluation of Degraded Voltage Functions in Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 Setpoint Calculation: DC-0919, Volume I DCD 1, Revision A

DESIGN CALCULATION COVER SHEET Page 1 of 138 PART 1: DESIGN CALCULATION IDENTIFICATION A) Design Calculation Number DC-0919 B) Volume Number I DCD 1 C) Revision A D) PIS Number E) QA Level R1400 [ ] Non-Q [X] 1 [] M F) ASME Code Classification [X] NA G) Certification Required [ ] Yes

[X] No H) Lead Discipline Electrical I) Incorporation Code F J) Title Undervoltage Relay Setpoints K) Design Change Documents Incorporated (Number and Revision)

None L) Design Calculations Superseded (Number and Revision)

Vol I DCD-1 Rev. 0 M) Revision Summary See Page 2 for details N) Review of Assumptions, Methods, and Inputs Completed (Step 4.3.2)

] Standard review, completed in revision

[ Key calculation review, completed in revision F O Key Calculation Review/Upgrade II Postponed F Waived PSE Manager's Signature D1 N/A (Non-Q)

O) PPRNs are required: [X] Yes []No Issuing DCD EDP 35621 Rev. A, ECR 35621-5 Rev. 0, ECR 36014-1 Rev. 0 [ ] N/A P) Key Calculation: [X] Yes [ ]No Justification for Yes or No: This design calculation is listed on the Key Calc List.

PART 2: PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL A) Prepared By KfPSE-52 Qualified and additional qualifications per Step 2.3: __ ] N/A Or Cm on-33 ualified for EQRs Sign L ,ti.;

lYrya Date /0-01-20/0 B) Checked By PE-52 Qualified and additional qualifications per Step 2.3: __ N/A Or Common-33'Qualified for EQRs Sign L ý. QzDate(*- ~L / /

C) Verified By [APSE-52 Qualified and additional qualifications per Step 2.3: ___ N/A Or Verification N/A (No verification required)

Sign Date \-0\- 20D0 D) Design CalcAtion &ti^y has been updated O Yes O N/A Approved By J. S* &-( 'D Sign-A Date / -

Not Decommissioning Related DTC: TPMMES DSN: MES15001 Rev. 8 P1/1 File: 1703.22 Issued: 10/ /10 DTC: TDPCAS O TDPELE ) TDPINC Ll TDPMEC [L DSN: DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev: A File: 1801 IP: I

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 2 Revision Summary This revision removes the various load flow and motor starting calculations from this calculation. Calculations necessary to serve as boundary conditions for the various setpoints are now contained in Calculation DC-6447 (Ref. 8.2.14). Several attachments and appendices that are out of date or no longer applicable to this calculation have been removed. Tables 1 through 4 and Figures 1 through 3 have been removed because DC-6447 (Ref.

8.2.14) now provides the equivalent information.

This revision addresses the replacement of the Reactor Building 4160 V bus degraded voltage relays by EDP-35621 Rev. A (Ref. 8.2.18). In addition it applies the GE methodology from Report NEDC-31336P-A from DECO File C 1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) to the determination of uncertainties, setpoints and allowable values for the relay settings.

This revision also revises the setpoint for the LPCI swing bus undervoltage relays based on Calculations DC-6447 (Ref. 8.2.14) and DC-5003 (Ref. 8.2.36).

This revision applies the LER avoidance test to the nominal trip setpoints and moves the nominal trip setpoints (NTSP) for the secondary undervoltage (degraded voltage) relays farther away from the lower Allowable Values to improve LER avoidance.

This revision determines as-found tolerances, which will be used to indicate possible performance degradation of the relays.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 Purpose and Objectives ........................................................................................ ............. . .......... 5 2 .0 S um m ary of Results ......................................................................................... ................ ............ 6 2.1 Setpoints and Allowable Values Summary ..................................................... ....................... 6 2.2 Calibration Inform ation Sum mary.................................................. ........................................ 14 3.0 Methodology for Primary and Secondary (Degraded) Setpoints.......................... ............... 19 3.1 C alculation M ethodology ................................................................................. .......................... 19 3.2 Specific Methodology for Determination of Two Sided Allowable Values..................................... 19 3.3 Conversion from 4160V Process Buses to 120V Relay Buses........................ .................. ... 21 3.4 Methodology Considerations for Coordination between 480V Buses and 4160V Buses .............. 21 4.0 M ethodology Boundaries and Limitations .............................................................. ..................... 22 4 .1 B oun daries ............................................................................................................ ............ . ........... 22 4.2 M ethodology L imitations ..................................................................................... ........................ 22 5 .0 Assu m p tion s .................................................................................................... ................. . ........... 23 6.0 Definitions of Terms ................................................. ........ 24 7 .0 L oading C onditions .......................................................................................... ................ . ........... 27 8.0 Design Inputs and Document Interface Reference Summary................................ .............. 28 8.1 D e sig n Inp uts ...................................................................................................................................... 28 8.2 Document Interface Reference Summary........................................................... .................... 33 9 .0 D etails of C alculation ........................................................................................... ............. . .......... 36 9.1 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division I Reactor Building ........................ 36 9.2 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division I RHR Building............................... 47 9.3 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division II Reactor Building....................... 48 9.4 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division II RHR Building ........................... 59 9.5 Division I & II Secondary Undervoltage Scheme for Swing Bus .............................. ........... 60 10 .0 A cceptance C riteria .............................................................................................. ............ . ........... 62 Appendix A - FSAR Question 222.31A ...................................................................... .......... .......... 63 Appendix B - LPCI Swing Bus Relay Error............................................................... ..................... 65 Appendix C - Deleted Appendix D - Deleted Appendix E - Deleted Appendix F - Annual Grid Adequacy Study Parameter Requirements .............................. ............ 66 Appendix G - EDG Start Time Delay Relay Error.................................................... ...................... 76 Appendix H - Measurement and Test Equipment Error ................................... ............................ 77

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOIN4TS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Attachments No. of Pages A - Deleted B - ITE-ABB Instruction Manual IB 18.4.7-2 ................................................................. 15 C - Deleted D - I1lEA, 12EB, 13EC, 14ED Bus Voltage ................................................................... 4 E - Deleted F - Tel-Con-Note with Westinghouse.......................................................................... 2

• - E7000 Timing Relays....................................................................................... 2 H - Deleted I - Deleted J- Deleted K- Deleted L - Deleted M - Deleted N - Deleted O0- ITE-ABB Instructions IV 7.4.1.7-7 ........................................................................ 12 P- E-Mail Correspondence with Tyco (Agastat) ............................................................. 5 Q - E-Mail Correspondence with ABB......................................................................... 2 R - Agilent 34401A Multimeter Product Overview........................................................... 4 S- Agilent 34401A 61/2 Digit Multimeter User's Guide August 2007....................................... 3 T - Megger SST-9203 Sold State Digital Timer............................................................... 2 U - Agastat 7000 Series.......................................................................................... 6 V - ABB Type 27D As-Found and As-Left Values ........................................................... 4

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 5 1.0 Purpose and Objectives Purpose The primary purpose of this design calculation is to determine the undervoltage (UV) relay trip settings for plant safety-related buses for both Primary (Loss of Voltage, LOV) and Secondary (Degraded Voltage, DV) levels.

Both safety Divisions of the Fermi 2 electrical system are analyzed to determine the Primary and Secondary undervoltage setpoints. The determination of the setpoints and associated reset values are based on meeting the requirements of PSB-1 (Ref 8.2.21) as it is applied to Fermi 2.

NRC-Branch Technical Position PSB-1 (Ref. 8.2.21) "Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages" reconfirms the requirements for degraded grid and loss of off-site power relaying. The loss of voltage and degraded voltage relay settings are also required for the Technical Specifications Table 3.3.8.1-1.

Objective The objective of the undervoltage scheme is to sense and respond to off-site voltage variations which affect the Fermi 2 auxiliary systems. The undervoltage schemes specifically address the loss of off-site power system voltage and voltage degradation of the off-site and on-site power system.

Two undervoltage schemes are employed on each Division to accomplish these objectives. The two undervoltage schemes are the primary for loss of off-site power (loss of voltage) and the secondary for degraded voltage levels. Operation of either scheme automatically isolates the associated divisional bus from the grid, sheds bus loads to prevent overloading the emergency diesel generators (EDG), and initiates both EDG and load sequencer start. NRC requirements are contained in Item 222.31A (Appendix A) which Fermi 2 has committed to implement.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 6 2.0 Summary of Results 2.1 Setpoints and Allowable Values Summary Division I Voltage Scheme

(% Nominal) (Time Delay) Section (Seconds)

• • 4160 Volt Buses (Reactor Bldg.)

UV Alarm 98.0% (4076.8 V) 30.0 9.1.2 4160 Volt Buses (RHR Bldg.)

Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) 54.0% (2247 V) 2.0 9.2.1 (Inverse Time)

• 480 Volt Buses (Reactor & RHR Building)

Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) 43.0% (206.4 V) 2.0 9.1.4, (Inverse Time)

• 9.2.2 480 Volt Buses (Swing Bus)

Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) 95.04% (456.21 V) 4.83 Max. 9.5.2

• This relay has an inverse time characteristic. See the time-voltage characteristics for type ITE 27D Type 211R4175 undervoltage relay (DC-2514, Ref. 8.2.22)

• • See Table 3.3.8.1-1 Technical Specification (Ref 8.2.13)

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 7 The listed Analytical Limits (ALims) identified as "Min" or "Max" in the following tables are not necessarily the actual limits, but are the values closest to the Allowable Values (AVs) that can be supported by application of the DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) methodology to the stated AVs. Actual ALims are identified in the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14).

Division I Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Relay Values Results from Section 9.1.1 P-P Relays P-N Relays Division I Relays XY-27A/64B XN-27C/64B YZ-27A/64B YN-27C/64B XY-27A/64C XN-27C/64C YZ-27A/64C YN-27C/64C Description Value, 4160 V bus, Value, % of Value, at Value, at Volts 4160 Volts Relay, Volts Relay, Volts Min Upper ALim < 3134.0 < 75.3 Upper AV < 3093.7 < 74.4 < 88.39 < 89.31 Max possible SetPt

• 3090.2 . 74.3 1 Operate NTSP 3033.0 decreasing 72.9 1 86.66 1 87.56 [

(coil energized)

Min possible SetPt

• 2975.8 1 71.5 1 Lower AV > 2972.3 >71.4 > 84.92 > 85.80 Max Lower ALim > 2932.0 > 70.5 Reset NTSP 3126.8 increasing 75.2 1 89.34 " 90.26 1 (coil de-energized)

• Max and Min SetPt that maintain required uncertainty between the ALim and NTSP.

The existing relay Operate NTSP (nominal trip setpoint, the actual desired operate setting of the relay) is bounded by the maximum and minimum possible setpoints that support the existing Technical Specification Allowable Values (AVs) in Table 3.3.8.1-1. The existing NTSP and AVs support the Analytical Limits shown.

Division I Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.1.1 Div I Relays Description Value, in seconds XY-27A/64B Minimum Upper ALim < 2.27 YZ-27A/64B Upper AV <2.1 XY-27A/64C YZ-27A64C YZ-27A/64C NTSP 2.0 increasing XN-27C/64B Lower AV > 1.9 YN-27C/64B Maximum Lower ALim > 1.73 XN-27C/64C YN-27C/64C The existing relay time NTSP is bounded by the existing Allowable Values in the Technical Specifications. The existing NTSP and Allowable Values support the Analytical Limits shown.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 8 Division I Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relay Values Results from Section 9.1.2 Division I Relays P-P Relays P-N Relays XY-27B/64B YN-27D/64B YZ-27B/64B ZN-27D/64B XY-27B/64C YN-27D/64C YZ-27B/64C ZN-27D/64C Description Value, 4160 V bus, Value, % of Value, at Value, at Volts 4160 Volts Relay, Volts Relay, Volts Upper ALim* < 3972.8 < 95.5 Max possible Reset

• 3964.6 increasing 95.3 1 Upper AV * < 3944.8 <94.8 < 112.71 < 113.88

(& max possible SetPt)

Operate NTSP 3924.6 decreasing 94.3 $ 112.13 1 113.29 1 (coil energized)

Min possible SetPt ** 3908.8 decreasing 94.0 1 Lower AV > 3904.4 > 93.9 > 111.55 >112.71 Lower ALim > 3873.0 > 93.1 Reset NTSP 3944.3 increasing 94.8 1 112.69 113.86 1 (coil de-energized)

• The upper AV and upper ALim are not determined per the standard methodology of C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1),

since it does not include the case of an upper limit for a descending actuation. The upper AV and ALim are determined as required to support the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14). The upper AV is set at the maximum error above the NTSP, and represents the maximum expected actuation of the decreasing voltage trip. The upper ALim must be equal to or greater than the reset point of the upper AV.

• • Min SetPt that maintains required uncertainty between the Lower ALim and NTSP.

New relay Operate NTSP and new lower Allowable Value have been determined to be separated from the lower Analytical Limit by the required channel uncertainty per DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1). The new relay Operate NTSP is greater than the minimum possible setpoint required for the lower ALim. The upper AV is set at the maximum possible setpoint actuation above the NTSP, by adding the entire channel error to the minimum NTSP. The maximum possible reset point is the highest value at which reset could occur if the relay Operates at the Upper AV (max setpoint). The maximum possible reset point is bounded by the Upper ALim. The Technical Specifications in Table 3.3.8.1-1 must be revised to incorporate the new Allowable Values.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 9 Division I Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) LOCA Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.1.3 Description XY-27B/64B YN-27D/64B YZ-27B/64B ZN-27D/64B XY-27B/64C YN-27D/64C YZ-27B/64C ZN-27D/64C seconds Minimum Upper ALim < 7.97 Upper AV < 7.31 NTSP 6.7 increasing Lower AV > 6.16 Maximum Lower ALim > 5.5 This calculation has demonstrated that adequate channel uncertainty exists between the setpoint and AVs, and between each AV and its associated ALim, in accordance with the methodology based on DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1).

Division I Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Non-LOCA Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.1.3 Description Total Time 1RU62 & 1RV62 seconds Upper ALim + EDG relay limit 51.55 Upper ALim < 48.05 Upper AV < 46.2 < 38.891 NTSP 44.0 T 37.3 T Lower AV > 41.8 > 35.640 Lower ALim > 39.96 This calculation has demonstrated that adequate channel uncertainty exists between the setpoint and AVs, and between each AV and its associated ALim, in accordance with the methodology based on DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1).

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 10 Division II Voltage Scheme

(% Nominal) (Time Delay) Section (Seconds)

• • 4160 Volt Buses (Reactor Bldg.)

UV Alarm 98.4% (4093.44V) 10.0 9.3.2 4160 Volt Buses (RHR Bldg.)

Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) 54.0% (2247V) 2.0 9.4.1 (Inverse Time)

• 480 Volt Buses (Reactor & RHR Building)

Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) 43.0% (206.4 V) 2.0 9.3.4 (Inverse Time)

• 9.4.2 480 Volt Buses (Swing Bus)

Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) 95.04% (456.21V) 4.83 Max 9.5.2

• This relay has an inverse time characteristic. See the time-voltage characteristics for type ITE 27D Type 211R4175 undervoltage relay (DC-2514, Ref. 8.2.22)

• • See Table 3.3.8.1-1 Technical Specification (Ref 8.2.13)

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 11 The listed Analytical Limits (ALims) identified as "Min" or "Max" in the following tables are not necessarily the actual limits, but are the values closest to the Allowable Values (AVs) that can be supported by application of the DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) methodology to the stated AVs. Actual ALims are identified in the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14).

Division II Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Relay Values Results from Section 9.3.1 P-P Relays P-N Relays Division II Relays XY-27A/65E XN-27C/65E YZ-27A/65E YN-27C/65E XY-27A/65F XN-27C/65F YZ-27A/65F YN-27C/65F Description Value, 4160 V bus, Value, % of Value, at Value, at Volts 4160 Volts Relay, Volts Relay, Volts Min Upper ALim < 3179.9 < 76.4 Upper AV < 3139.6 < 75.5 < 89.70 < 90.63 Max possible SetPt

• 3136.1 1 75.4 1 Operate NTSP 3078.0 decreasing 74.0 1 87.94 1 88.85 1 (coil energized)

Min possible SetPt

• 3019.9 4 72.6 1 Lower AV > 3016.4 > 72.5 > 86.18 > 87.08 Max Lower ALim > 2976.1 > 71.5 Reset NTSP 3173.2 increasing 76.3 " 90.66 " 91.60 1 (coil de-energized) _

• Max and Min SetPt that maintain required uncertainty between the ALim and NTSP.

The existing relay Operate NTSP (nominal trip setpoint, the actual desired operate setting of the relay) is bounded by the maximum and minimum possible setpoints that support the existing Technical Specification Allowable Values (AVs) in Table 3.3.8.1-1. The existing NTSP and AVs support the Analytical Limits shown.

Division II Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.3.1 Div II Relays Description Value, in seconds XY-27A/65E Minimum Upper ALim < 2.27 YZ-27A/65E Upper AV 2.1 XY-27A/65F YZ-27A/65F Operate NTSP 2.0 increasing XN-27C/65E Lower AV > 1.9 YN-27C/65E Maximum Lower ALim > 1.73 XN-27C/65F YN-27C/65F The existing relay time Operate NTSP is bounded by the existing Allowable Values in the Technical Specifications Table 3.3.8.1-1. The existing NTSP and Allowable Values support the Analytical Limits shown.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 12 Division II Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relay Values Results from Section 9.3.2 Division II Relays P-P Relays P-N Relays XY-27B/65E YN-27D/65E YZ-27B/65E ZN-27D/65E XY-27B/65F YN-27D/65F YZ-27B/65F ZN-27D/65F Description Value, 4160 V bus, Value, % of Value, at Value, at Volts 4160 Volts Relay, Volts Relay, Volts Upper ALim* < 3918.7 5 94.2 Max possible Reset

• 3718.4 increasing 89.4 "

Upper AV * < 3699.8 < 88.9 < 105.71 < 106.80

(& max possible SetPt)

Operate NTSP 3679.6 decreasing 88.5 1 105.13 1 106.22 4 (coil energized)

Min possible SetPt ** 3663.8 decreasing 88.1 1 Lower AV > 3659.4 > 88.0 > 104.55 >105.64 Lower ALim > 3628.0 > 87.2 Reset NTSP 3698.1 increasing 88.9 1 105.66 1 106.75 T (coil de-energized)

• The upper AV and upper ALim are not determined per the standard methodology of C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1),

since it does not include the case of an upper limit for a descending actuation. The upper AV and ALim are determined as required to support the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14). The upper AV is set at the maximum error above the NTSP, and represents the maximum expected actuation of the decreasing voltage trip. The upper ALim must be equal to or greater than the reset point of the upper AV.

• Min SetPt that maintains required uncertainty between the lower ALim and NTSP.

New relay Operate NTSP and new lower Allowable Value have been determined to be separated from the lower Analytical Limit by the required channel uncertainty per DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1). The new relay Operate NTSP is greater than the minimum possible setpoint required for the lower ALim. The upper AV is set at the maximum possible setpoint actuation above the NTSP, by adding the entire channel error to the NTSP.

The maximum possible reset point is the highest value at which reset could occur if the relay Operates at the Upper AV (max setpoint). The maximum possible reset point is bounded by the Upper ALim. Technical Specifications Table 3.3.8.1-1 must be revised to incorporate the new Allowable Values.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 13 Division II Reactor Building 4160 V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) LOCA Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.3.3 Description XY-27B/65E YN-27D/65E YZ-27B/65E ZN-27D/65E XY-27B/65F YN-27D/65F YZ-27B/65F ZN-27D/65F seconds Minimum Upper ALim < 7.97 Upper AV < 7.31 Operate NTSP 6.7 increasing Lower AV > 6.16 Maximum Lower ALim > 5.5 This calculation has demonstrated that adequate channel uncertainty exists between the setpoint and AVs, and between each AV and its associated ALim, in accordance with the methodology based on DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1).

Division II Reactor Building 4160V Buses Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Non-LOCA Time Delay Relay Values Results from Section 9.3.3 Description Total Time 1RW62 & 1RX62 seconds Upper ALim + EDG relay limit < 28.60 Upper ALim < 23.60 Upper AV 5 22.47 < 15.161 Operate NTSP 21.35 t 14.65 T Lower AV > 20.33 > 14.169 Lower ALim > 19.20 This calculation has demonstrated that adequate channel uncertainty exists between the setpoint and AVs, and between each AV and its associated ALim, in accordance with the methodology based on DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1).

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 14 2.2 Calibration Information Summary The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below. The field calibration setpoints (operate), reset points, and as-left tolerances are identified. The calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7, 8.2.8, 8.2.9 and 8.2.10) must be revised to conform to the stated settings. A new meter is specified for the voltage readings performed during the calibration. The existing digital timer is retained. The calculation results remain valid only for use of the specified M&TE or M&TE with better accuracy. Use of M&TE less accurate than those specified will invalidate the results of this calculation.

2.2.1 Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Relays - Voltage Settings Division I Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Voltage P-P Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.1.1 P-P Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XY-27A/64B Allowable Value - Upper < 88.39 V YZ-27A/64B Field Calibration Reset Point 89.34 V increasing XY-27A/64C (coil de-energized)

YZ-27A/64C Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 86.66 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 84.92 V Division I Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Voltage P-N Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.1.1 P-N Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XN-27C/64B Allowable Value - Upper 5 89.31 V YN-27C/64B Field Calibration Reset Setpoint 90.26 V increasing XN-27C/64C (coil de-energized)

YN-27C/64C Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 87.56 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 85.80 V Division II Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Voltage P-P Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.3.1 P-P Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XY-27A/65E Allowable Value - Upper < 89.70 V YZ-27A/65E Field Calibration Reset Point 90.66 V increasing XY-27A/65F (coil de-energized)

YZ-27A/65F Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 87.94 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 86.18 V

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 15 Division II Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Voltage P-N Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.3.1 P-N Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XN-27C/65E Allowable Value - Upper < 90.63 V YN-27C/65E Field Calibration Reset Setpoint 91.60 V increasing XN-27C/65F (coil de-energized)

YN-27C/65F Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 88.85 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 87.08 V Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Calibration Frequency and Tolerances:

Surveillance Interval As Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months + 0.2 V 0.6 V In order for these results to remain valid, the M&TE used to measure the voltage during the relay bench calibration must be either an Agilent 34401A, or a meter of equal or better accuracy. The calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7, 8.2.8, 8.2.9 and 8.2.10) must be revised to incorporate the new M&TE and tolerances.

2.2.2 Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) Relays - Time Settings The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below. In addition, the field calibration setpoint and As Left Tolerance are identified.

Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Time Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.1.1 Parameter Value, in seconds XY-27A/64B XN-27C/64B Allowable Value - Upper <2.1 YZ-27A/64B YN-27C/64B Field Calibration Trip Setpoint 2.0 increasing XY-27A/64C XN-27C/64C YZ-27A/64C YN-27C/64C Allowable Value - Lower > 1.9 YZ-27A/64C YN-27C/64C XY-27A/65E XN-27C/65E YZ-27A/65E YN-27C/65E XY-27A/65F XN-27C/65F YZ-27A/65F YN-27C/65F Primary UV (Loss of Voltage) Time Calibration Frequency and Tolerances:

Surveillance Interval As-Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months + 0.05 seconds +/- 0.10 seconds In order for these results to remain valid, the M&TE used to measure the time delay during the relay bench calibration must be either an SST-9203 digital timer, or a meter of equal or better accuracy. These values and the digital timer are not changed from what is in the existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7, 8.2.8, 8.2.9 and 8.2.10).

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 16 2.2.3 Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relays - Voltage Settings Division I Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Voltage P-P Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.1.2 P-P Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XY-27B/64B Allowable Value - Upper < 112.71 V YZ-27B/64B Field Calibration Reset Point 112.69 V increasing XY-27B/64C (coil de-energized)

YZ-27B/64C Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 112.13 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 111.55 V Division I Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Voltage P-N Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.1.2 P-N Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay YN-27D/64B Allowable Value - Upper < 113.88 V ZN-27D/64B Field Calibration Reset Setpoint 113.86 V increasing YN-27D/64C (coil de-energized)

ZN-27D/64C Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 113.29 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 112.71 V Division II Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Voltage P-P Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Values:

Results from Section 9.3.2 P-P Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay XY-27B/65E Allowable Value - Upper < 105.71 V YZ-27B/65E Field Calibration Reset Point 105.66 V increasing XY-27B/65F (coil de-energized)

YZ-27B/65F Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 105.13 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 104.55 V Division II Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Voltage P-N Relay Calibration Setpoints / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.3.2 P-N Relays Parameter Value, in Volts at Relay YN-27D/65E Allowable Value - Upper < 106.80 V ZN-27D/65E Field Calibration Reset Setpoint 106.75 V increasing YN-27D/65F (coil de-energized)

ZN-27D/65F Field Calibration Operate Setpoint 106.22 V decreasing (coil energized)

Allowable Value - Lower > 105.64 V

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 17 Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Calibration Frequency and Tolerances:

Surveillance Interval As Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months +/- 0.12 V +/- 0.58 V In order for these results to remain valid, the M&TE used to measure the voltage during the relay bench calibration must be either an Agilent 34401A, or a meter of equal or better accuracy. The calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 - 8.2.10) must be revised to incorporate the new M&TE and tolerances.

2.2.4 Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relays - LOCA Time Settings The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below. In addition, the field calibration setpoints and expanded tolerances are identified.

Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) LOCA Division I Time Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.1.3 Relays Parameter Value, in seconds XY-27B/64B Allowable Value - Upper < 7.31 YZ-27B/64B Field Calibration Trip Setpoint 6.7 increasing XY-27B/64C

-27/64C Allowable Value - Lower > 6.16 YZ-27B/64C YN-27D/64B ZN-27D/64B YN-27D/64C ZN-27D/64C Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) LOCA Division II Time Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.3.3 Relays Parameter Value, in seconds XY-27B/65E Allowable Value - Upper < 7.31 YZ-27B/65E Field Calibration Trip Setpoint 6.7 increasing XY-27B/65F YZ-27B/65F Allowable Value - Lower > 6.16 YZ-27B/65F YN-27D/65E ZN-27D/65E YN-27D/65F ZN-27D/65F Calibration Frequency and Tolerances Surveillance Interval As-Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months +/- 0.5 seconds + 0.54 seconds

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 18 2.2.5 Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relays - Non-LOCA Time Settings The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below. In addition, the field calibration setpoints and tolerances are identified.

Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Non-LOCA Division I Time Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value (Agastats):

Results from Section 9.1.3 Parameter Value, in seconds 1RU62 Allowable Value - Upper < 38.89 1RV62 Field Calibration Trip Setpoint 37.3 increasing

_Allowable Value - Lower > 35.64 Calibration Frequency and Tolerances Surveillance Interval As-Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months + 1.00 seconds + 1.59 seconds Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Non-LOCA Division II Time Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value:

Results from Section 9.3.3 Parameter Value, in seconds 1RW62 Allowable Value - Upper < 15.161 1RX62 Field Calibration Trip Setpoint 14.65 increasing Allowable Value - Lower > 14.169 Calibration Frequency and Tolerances Surveillance Interval As-Left Tolerance As-Found Tolerance 18 months +/- 0.400 seconds +/- 0.48 seconds In order for these results to remain valid, the M&TE used to measure the time delay during the relay bench calibration must be either an SST-9203 digital timer, or a meter of equal or better accuracy. These values and the digital timer are not changed from what is in the existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7, 8.2.8, 8.2.9 and 8.2.10).

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page'19 3.0 Methodology for Primary and Secondary (Degraded) Setpoints 3.1 Calculation Methodology The calculation methodology from DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) is used to determine the instrument accuracies and setpoints. Per this methodology, the relationship between the nominal trip setpoint (NTSP),

Allowable Value (AV) and Analytical Limit (ALim) is defined in DECO File C1-4180 Part III, Sections 10.a and 10.b, as:

Ascending Process:

AV < ALim - (1.645/2)*(LAT 2 + LC2 + PMA 2 + PEA 2) 112 +/- Bias NTSP : ALim - (1.645/2)*(LAT 2 + LC 2 + PMA 2 + PEA2 + LDA 2) 1/ 2 + Bias Descending Process:

AV > ALim + (1.645/2)*(LAT 2 + LC 2 + PMA 2 + PEA 2) 1/ 2 +/- Bias NTSP > ALim + (1.645/2)*(LAT 2 + LC 2 + PMA 2 + PEA 2 + LDA 2) 112 + Bias See Section 6.0 for definitions of terms 3.1.1 LER Avoidance Test The purpose of the LER Avoidance Test is to ensure that there is enough margin between the AV and the NTSP to avoid violations of the Allowable Values (AV). The LER avoidance probability of 90% is generally used as acceptance criterion (see Reference 8.2.1).

The LER Avoidance Test standard deviation (OLER) is determined by the errors present during calibration.

The PMA and PEA uncertainties are not considered since during calibration a simulated signal is applied to the device input. CLER is the statistical combination of uncertainties of the channel accuracy (LAN, determined for normal environment), channel calibration accuracy (LC) and channel drift (LD). CLER is calculated as one sigma value. For a single channel, the ZLER value that corresponds to 90% probability (or greater) is 1.29 (or greater). For multiple channels, the ZLER value that corresponds to 90% probability (or greater) is 0.81 (or greater).

From C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) Part III Section B.11:

AV-NTSP AVc AV -NTSPc NTS c 1

='(LAN 2 2

+LC 2

+LDa 2 Z ==- ZLC == LER SLER LER ZLER is based on the existing AV and NTSP values. ZLERC is based on calculated AV and NTSP values.

Additional margin will added to the minimum NTSP calculated per the base methodology of Section 3.1 above as needed to pass the LER avoidance test.

3.1.2 As-Found Tolerance As-found tolerances will be determined for each setpoint, which can be used to indicate if the component is performing within its expected capabilities. The as-found tolerance will be determined as a combination of reference accuracy and drift, based on the APT (Acceptable Performance Tolerance) from C1-4180

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 20 (Ref. 8.2.1). The APT may conservatively be adjusted to be smaller than the maximum, in order to stay inside the Allowable Values, because this will result in an earlier indication of degraded performance. The APT will be initially determined as:

APT= J(VA 2 +LD 2 The NTSP + APT will be compared to the AVs, and the APT will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs.

3.2 Specific Methodology for Determination of Two Sided Allowable Values The undervoltage relays are a unique case in the Technical Specifications, in that they have both an upper and a lower Allowable Value for a decreasing voltage setpoint, and an upper and a lower Allowable Value for an increasing time setpoint. Thus the DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) methodology shown above is expanded to take this into account.

Loss of Voltage UV Relay (27D) Voltage Settings:

For the Loss of Voltage UV relay voltage AVs, the Technical Specification AVs are specified in Table 3.3.8.1-1 for a decreasing voltage setpoint, so the existing lower AV (AVL) is analyzed for acceptability using the standard formulas for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVL is used to compute a maximum lower analytical limit. This computed lower analytical limit is then used to compute a minimum NTSP using the standard formula for a descending process from Section 3.1. If the NTSP is equal to or greater than the minimum NTSP, then the NTSP is acceptable with respect to the lower ALim.

This method is expanded to address the upper AV (AVU) and analytical limit by applying the same formulas described in Section 3.1 above as though it were an ascending process trip. The minimum upper analytical Limit is computed by adding the combination of the non-drift errors to the existing AVU. Then the computed upper analytical limit is used to compute a maximum NTSP by subtracting the combination of all errors from the upper analytical limit. If the NTSP is equal to or less than the maximum NTSP, then the NTSP is acceptable with respect to the upper ALim.

Loss-of-Voltage UV Relay (27D) Time Settings:

For the Loss of Voltage UV relay time AVs, the Technical Specification AVs are specified for an increasing time setpoint, so the existing upper AV (AVU) is analyzed for acceptability using the standard formulas for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVU is used to compute a minimum upper analytical limit. This computed upper analytical limit is then used to compute a maximum NTSP using the standard formula for an ascending process from Section 3.1. If the NTSP is equal to or less than the maximum NTSP, then the NTSP is acceptable with respect to the upper ALim.

This method is expanded to address the lower AV (AVL) and analytical limit by applying the same formulas described in Section 3.1 above as though it were a descending process trip. The maximum lower analytical limit is computed by subtracting the combination of the non-drift errors from the existing AVL.

Then the computed lower analytical limit is used to compute a minimum NTSP by adding the combination of all errors to the lower analytical limit. If the NTSP is equal to or greater than the minimum NTSP, then the NTSP is acceptable with respect to the lower ALim.

Degraded Voltage UV Relay (27N) Voltage Settings:

This calculation determines new AVs and NTSPs for the degraded voltage UV relay voltages based on the new ALims provided by the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14). Because the Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 AVs are for a decreasing voltage setpoint, the lower AV (AVL) and minimum NTSP are

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 21 determined via the standard formulas for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The new NTSP is then chosen by rounding up the minimum NTSP.

In the case of the degraded voltage relay, the maximum possible reset point must be shown to be within the recovery voltage limits of the voltage analysis (Ref. 8.2.14). Because the reset is 0.5% of setting above the Operate NTSP, this maximum possible Operate NTSP is used to establish the upper AV (AVU) for the decreasing voltage trip. Thus the AVU is set at the NTSP plus the combination of all possible errors. The maximum Reset point is determined by dividing the AVU (max possible Operate NTSP) by 0.995 based on the 0.5% differential between operate and reset voltages. This maximum possible reset point must be less than or equal to the Upper Analytical Limit, which is the recovery voltage determined in the voltage analysis, (Reference 8.2.14).

Degraded Voltage UV Relay (27N) Time Settings:

The upper Alim for the LOCA time delay supports the 13 second EDG start time from the LOCA analysis (Ref. 8.2.19, UFSAR Tables 6.3-7 & 8.3-5). The EDG start circuit includes a separate time delay relay, and an additional 0.18 seconds is required to account for the closure times of the EDG output and RHR pump motor breakers. Thus the upper ALim for the DV LOCA time delay is determined by subtracting the maximum EDG start timer delay and 0.18 seconds from the 13 second EDG start time for LOCA.

Although the EDG start timer relay is not in the Tech Spec, for conservatism, the standard methodology from C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) is applied to determine the uncertainty of its actuation, and the resultant maximum and minimum time delays.

The Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1 AVs for the LOCA condition degraded voltage relays are for an increasing time setpoint, so a new upper AV (AVU) is calculated via the standard formula for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The lower ALim is conservatively chosen to be just above the Core Spray pump acceleration time (Ref. 8.2.14). The new lower AV (AVL) for LOCA conditions is calculated via the formula for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1, so the AVL will be separated from the lower ALim by the combination of all errors except drift. The new LOCA time NTSP is set then determined by setting it halfway between the AVL and AVU. The most restrictive (lowest) NTSP from either Division I or Division II is than applied to both divisions as the new LOCA Operate NTSP.

For non-LOCA conditions, the output of the ABB undervoltage relay (set at the LOCA time delay) starts a second Agastat timer relay. Thus the total non-LOCA time delay is the combination of the time delay from the degraded voltage undervoltage ABB relay (set at the LOCA time delay) and the time delay of the Agastat timer relay. The Technical Specification non-LOCA time AVs must be shown to bound the combination of the individual time AVs for the undervoltage relay plus the non-LOCA timer relay. The total NTSP for the non-LOCA time Operate NTSP is the undervoltage relay LOCA time Operate NTSP plus the timer relay Operate NTSP.

3.3 Conversion from 4160V Process Buses to 120V Relay Buses Per References 8.2.25 - 8.2.28 there are two types of potential transformers that step down the voltage from the monitored 4160 V bus to the 120V relaying loop. The ratio of the input to output voltages is 4200/120 for the Phase to Phase (P-P) type and 2400/120 for the Phase to Neutral (P-N) type. Thus when converting specific voltage values from 4160 V to 120 V, 4200/120 is used for the P-P relays, and 2400 /120 is used for the P-N relays, because 2400 - 4160/,3. The P-P 4200/120 conversion is slightly larger than the (2400*43) /120 conversion, so all error terms are conservatively converted as 4200/120. Both the potential transformers and the relays are located within the switchgear cabinets, so no significant voltage drop is expected between the PT and the relays.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 22 3.4 Methodology Considerations for Coordination between 480V Buses and 4160V Buses The undervoltage relay settings for these buses are set to ensure adequate coordination between the 4160V and 480V buses with respect to time and loss of voltage settings.

Time Coordination The Division 1 and 2 primary loss of voltage time delay (TD) setpoint selection will prevent false operation on normally expected transient disturbances. The UV device will coordinate with the overcurrent devices.

The clearing time for the for the overcurrent device in which a fault depresses bus voltage will be less than the UV time delay. Under normal operating conditions the longest fault clearing time for the faults that will depress the voltage within the operating range of the UV relay are less than one second. A shorter time delay could cause an inadvertent grid separation due to a primary loss of voltage relay actuation. Evaluation of the coordination between overcurrent and undervoltage devices is provided in Ref. 8.2.22.

Loss of Voltage Coordination The 4160V buses must trip first to prevent isolation of the 480V buses without EDG initiation. Loss of voltage at the 4160V buses initiates the EDGs. The 480V bus primary UV devices should coordinate with the 4160V primary device. There is typically a 2-3% voltage drop between the 480 and 4160V buses.

Therefore to ensure selectivity, all 480V UV relays are set to account for the voltage drop bus difference. A higher trip setpoint could cause mis-coordination of relays which could lead to an inadvertent 480 volt bus separation due to a primary 480 volt loss of voltage relay actuation (Ref. 8.2.22).

4.0 Methodology Boundaries and Limitations 4.1 Boundaries This calculation involves Divisions I and II safety-related buses only. These buses are specified below:

1. Reactor/Auxiliary Building 4160 Volts buses 64B, 64C, 65E and 65F:

The 4160 Volts Reactor Building buses (64B, 64C, 65E and 65F) have primary and secondary (degraded)

UV relays Protection (References 8.2.25 - 8.2.28).

2. RHR Building 4160 Volts Buses 11EA, 12EB, 13EC and 14ED:

The 4160 Volts RHR building buses (1 lEA, 12EB, 13EC, and 14ED) are electrically part of the reactor building buses. The UV schemes for these buses are initiated by the 4160 Volts Reactor building UV schemes and, as such do not require separate UV monitors. Even so, separate primary UV devices are provided for each bus.

3. Reactor/Auxiliary/ RHR Building 480 Volts Buses 72B, 72C, 72E, 72F, 72EA, 72EB, 72EC and 72ED:

Each of the above 4160 Volts buses (64B, 64C, 65E and 65F, 1lEA, 12EB, 13EC, and 14ED) feeds one 480 Volts bus. The UV schemes for these 480 Volts buses are initiated by their respective 4160 Volts bus UV scheme and as such do not require separate UV monitors. Even so, separate primary UV devices are provided for each 480 Volts buses. The 480 Volts buses UV schemes perform the function of load shedding their respective bus only.

4. Operator action is taken when Divisional bus low voltage alarms ARP 9D22 and ARP 10D43 (References 8.2.29 and 8.2.30, respectively) are received. If the alarm cannot be corrected with the assistance of the grid operator and voltage further degrades then the operator action is to transfer the impacted Division to the EDGs prior to the trip actuation of the degraded under voltage relay.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 23 4.2 Methodology Limitations None 5.0 Assumptions 5.1 Unless specifically noted otherwise by the manufacturer, per the methodology of Ref. 8.2.1, calibration equipment accuracies are taken as three (3c) values due to periodic calibration with high accuracy standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. Also per Ref. 8.2.1, the accuracy of the standards is conservatively assumed to be equal to twice the accuracy of the testing equipment, unless otherwise noted. This assumption is verified by conformance to Ref. 8.2.1. Verified Assumption.

5.2 The manufacturer does not state a drift effect for the ABB/ITE relays, model 27D and 27N. Per the Ref.

8.2.1 methodology, when the manufacturer does not state a drift, it can be assumed that the drift is included in the manufacturer's reference accuracy. In this calculation, for added conservatism, instead of assuming that the drift is included, a separate assumed drift effect of +/-0.5 % of setpoint per refueling outage is applied for channel instrument drift. Attachment V includes multiple surveillances of observed as-left to as-found data for the Type 27D relay. The Type 27N is the high accuracy version of the Type 27, and so it is expected that its performance characteristics (including drift) are equal to or better than those of the 27D. Inspection of the data in this attachment shows that of the 224 cases, only 13 were found greater than 0.5% of setpoint. Thus 0.5% of setpoint is bounding for over 94% of the observed drift values. The observed drift, or difference in as-left to as-found values includes the combined effect of all uncertainties present during calibration, which are relay repeatability, calibration as-left tolerance, measurement and test equipment accuracy, and actual drift. Because the assumed drift value is applied only as drift, and the other error sources are applied separately within the calculation, it is conservative to assume the 0.5% of setting as a 2c assumed drift value. The inspection of this data in Attachment V provides verification of this assumption. Verified Assumption.

There are no unverified assumptions.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 24 6.0 Definitions of Terms Primary Relaying: The primary loss of power undervoltage relay setpoints are defined such that anticipated transient voltages must not drop below the relay setpoints. Setpoints at this level should be selected to prevent false motor starting transient trips. When system transient voltages do fall below the established bus limits then the primary relay will activate and separate the Fermi 4160 V buses from offsite power.

Secondary Relaying: Secondary or Degraded voltage is defined as a level of voltage which is insufficient to operate safety-related loads but not low enough to operate the primary loss of off-site power protection. While operating at this voltage level is undesirable, analysis indicates that equipment will function without damage while voltage recovery is attempted. The associated time delays limit the time for the recovery attempt.

Primary Under Voltage (UV) Relays: These relays are set to trip on a complete Loss of Voltage. These relays are XY27A, YZ27A, XN27C and YN27C. Reference drawings are 1-2572-28,29 (Ref. 8.2.25, 8.2.26) and I-2578-05,09 (Ref. 8.2.27, 8.2.28).

Secondary UV Relays: These relays are set to trip when the offsite voltage has degraded to the point where safety systems should not be operated. Continued operation under degraded voltage conditions may cause damage to Class IE equipment. These relays are XY27B, YZ27B, ZN27D and YN27D. Reference drawings are 1-2572-28,29 (Ref. 8.2.25, 8.2.26) and 1-2578-05,09 (Ref. 8.2.27, 8.2.28).

Secondary UV Relay (480V buses): A relay which is set to trip when the voltage on 480V swing bus fed from the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) has degraded to the point where the LPCI motor operated valves fed from swing bus MCC should not be operated as continued operation may cause damage to the valves.

ETAP: Computer program that models the electrical system within Fermi to analyze load flow bus voltages, Load Tap Changer (LTC) performance and motor starting conditions.

Division I: This is the section of the Fermi electrical distribution system that is connected to the 120 kV grid that serves the both safety related and balance of plant loads through SS64. SS64 contains a LTC which will maintain 4160 bus voltages at 100% for the range of UFSAR voltage limits.

Division II: This is the section of the Fermi electrical distribution system that is connected to the 345 kV grid that serves the safety related and balance of plant loads through SS65. SS65 does not have an LTC therefore all grid voltage variations will be transferred and seen on the 4160 bus voltages.

Instrument Uncertainty Analysis Abbreviations (from DECO File C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1):

AK Instrument Accuracy under LOCA conditions - the SRSS (square-root-sum-squares) combination of inaccuracies associated with vendor accuracy (VA), accuracy temperature effect (ATEK) (LOCA environment conditions), overpressure effect (OPE), static pressure effect (SPE), power supply effect (PSE) and humidity effect (HE). AK does not include the inaccuracies of the calibrating equipment (CC), nor does it include the allowances for inaccuracies relative instrument drift (DD). AK is calculated as a 2-sigma value, unless otherwise noted. LAK is the channel instrument accuracy under LOCA conditions.

ALim Analytical Limit - The value of the sensed process variable established as part of the safety analysis prior to or at the point which a desired action is to be initiated to prevent the process variable from reaching the associated licensing safety limit.

ALT As Left Tolerance - The maximum precision with which the surveillance technician is required to calibrate (recalibrate) components. ALT is equal to the vendor accuracy (VA) of the component, unless otherwise noted. ALT is calculated as a 3-sigma value, unless otherwise noted.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 25 APT Acceptable Performance Tolerance - A surveillance limit that determines whether or not a component is performing as expected. The maximum APT is based on the maximum expected error due to the SRSS of accuracy and drift. If the as-found value is within the APT, then the performance is acceptable. If the as-found value is within the APT, but exceeds the ALT, the performance is acceptable but the component must be recalibrated to be within the ALT. If the as-found value exceeds the APT, this is an indication that the component is not performing as expected and may be in need of maintenance or replacement.

ATE Accuracy Temperature Effect - Error due to external temperature changes (from the temperature of calibration to the temperature associated with the event of interest). ATEK is the post-LOCA Accuracy Temperature Effect.

AV Allowable Value - The Technical Specification value of the sensed process variable at which the trip setpoint may be found during surveillance.

AVU Upper Allowable Value - The upper Technical Specification value of the sensed process variable at which the trip setpoint may be found during surveillance.

AVL Lower Allowable Value - The lower Technical Specification value of the sensed process variable at which the trip setpoint may be found during surveillance.

Bias any bias, or non-random, error CC Instrument Calibration Accuracy- The combination of inaccuracies associated with calibration equipment (CLI or CLO or both), calibration equipment standards (CSI or CSO or both), and the calibration procedure error (EP). These inaccuracies/allowances are considered to be independent variables. CC is calculated as a 2-sigma value, unless otherwise noted.

CIEK Channel Instrument Error LOCA: CIE is a prediction of the maximum error resulting from the effects of LA, LC, LD. PEA, PMA, ORE (Observer Readability Error), and Bias (such as IRA, Insulation Resistance Accuracy) that could reasonably exist at any time between surveillance tests.

CIEK is the post-LOCA CIE. CIE is calculated as a 1.645-sigma value, unless otherwise noted.

CX Calibration Equipment Accuracy - The quality of freedom from error to which a perfect instrument could be calibrated assuming no error due to calibration procedure and considering only the error introduced by the inaccuracies of the calibration equipment (i. e., inaccuracy for Input Calibration Equipment (CLI) or inaccuracy for Output Calibration Equipment (CLO) or both). The calibration equipment's vendor inaccuracies, VAL and VAO are assumed equal to CLI and CLO, respectively.

CLI and CLO are considered independent variables. CX is calculated as a 3-sigma value.

EAV Minimum error that separates the Allowable Value from the Analytical Limit. It is the combination of all channel errors except for drift. The random errors are combined via SRSS and taken to a 1.645 o level, and bias (non-random) errors are added.

EP Calibration Procedure Effect - EP covers errors inherent in, or created by, the calibration process. EP is calculated as a 3-sigma value, unless otherwise noted. EP is equal to the larger of the ALT of the instruments being calibrated or the calibration equipment accuracy (CX), unless otherwise noted.

LAT Channel Accuracy for Desired Trip Conditions. For LOCA conditions, this is represented as LAK.

LC Channel Calibration Accuracy - The quality of freedom from error to which the nominal trip setpoint of a channel can be calibrated with respect to the true desired setpoint, considering only the errors introduced by the inaccuracies of the calibrating equipment used as the standards or references and

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 26 the allowances for errors introduced by the calibration procedures. The accuracy of the different devices utilized to calibrate the individual channel instruments is the degree of conformity of the indicated values of these standards or references to the true, exact or ideal values. LC is the SRSS combination of instrument calibration inaccuracies (CC) of all of the equipment selected to calibrate the actual monitoring and trip devices of an instrument channel and includes the allowances for inaccuracies of the calibration procedures. LC is considered an independent variable. LC is calculated as a 2-sigma value unless otherwise noted.

LD Channel Drift - The change in the measured value of the process variable, due to all causes, between the time the channel is calibrated and a subsequent surveillance test. LD is an independent variable.

LD is the SRSS combination of instrument drift inaccuracies (DD) of all components in the channel that are used to monitor the process variable and/or provide the trip functions. LD is calculated as a 2-sigma value, unless otherwise noted.

LER Licensee Event Report - A report which must be filed with the NRC by the utility when a Technical Specification limit is known to be exceeded, as required by 10CFR50.73.

NTSP Nominal Trip Setpoint - The limiting value of the sensed process variable at which a trip action may be set to operate at time of calibration.

PEA Primary Element Accuracy (random) - The inaccuracy of the channel component (exclusive of the sensor) that contacts the process, and quantitatively converts the measured variable energy into a form suitable for measurement (e.g., the orifice plate, adjacent parts of the pipe and the pressure connections constitute the primary element). PEA is calculated as a 2-sigma value, unless otherwise noted.

PMA Process Measurement Accuracy (random) - Process variable measurement effects (e.g., the effects of changing fluid density on the level measurement due to the process pressure and temperature change or the environment surrounding the impulse lines) aside from the primary element and sensor. These are uncertainties induced by the physical characteristics or properties of the process that is being measured. PMA is calculated as a 2-sigma value, unless otherwise noted. PMA may include the error contributions due to the readability of significant digits during calibration of the sensor and the number of digits provided in the calibration tables.

PSE Power Supply Effect (PSE): Error due to power supply fluctuations.

VA Vendor Accuracy - the inherent error of the device under ideal conditions as specified by the manufacturer

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 27

7. 0 Loading Conditions Calculation DC-6447 "Auxiliary Power System Analysis" (Ref. 8.2.14) provides the boundary conditions for the setpoints. The following load conditions are applied.

Primary Loss of Voltage Relay:

• Mode 1 100% power operations, degraded grid conditions, largest switchyard drop and a start of a Heater Feed Pump.

• LOCA, degraded grid conditions, largest switchyard drop Degraded Undervoltage Relay:

• LOCA, degraded grid conditions, largest switchyard drop

• Mode 1, 100% power operation, Buses 64B, 64C, 65E and 65F at the analytical limit

• Steady State LOCA, Buses 64B, 64C, 65E and 65F at the analytical limit

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 28 8.0 Design Inputs and Document Interface Reference Summary 8.1 Design Inputs 8.1.1 From Ref. 8.2.2 the potential transformers in the 4160V switchgear are ANSI Accuracy Class 0.3.

8.1.2 Relay Data - for ABB ITE Type 27D Model 211R4175 and Type 27, data is per Ref. 8.2.3, unless noted otherwise The model number means single phase undervoltage relay in standard case, definite time characteristic adjustable from 1-10 sec, voltage tap range from 60-110Vac, control voltage range 48/125Vdc, 2 form C output contacts.

Differential between operate and reset voltage: approximately 3% above Operating temperature range -30 to +70 °C Control power allowable variation 100-140 Vdc Repeatability (with no change in control +/- 0.2 V voltage or ambient temperature)*

Control Power Repeatability Effect +/- 0.2 V per 10V change in control power Ambient Temperature Repeatability Effect +/- 0.5 V over 20-40°C Time Delay Repeatability _ 10% of setting

• Voltage Repeatability per Ref. 8.2.35 (E-mail from ABB, included as Att. Q) 8.1.3 Relay Data - for ABB ITE Type 27N Model 211T4175-HF-1E, data per Ref. 8.2.4 The model number means single phase undervoltage relay in a standard case, definite time characteristic adjustable from 1-10 sec, voltage tap range from 60-110Vac, control voltage range 48/125Vdc, 2 form C output contacts, with harmonic filter.

Differential between operate and reset voltage: adjustable down to 0.5%, when on 99%

tap Operating temperature range -30 to +70 °C Control power allowable variation 100-140 Vdc Repeatability (with no change in control +/- 0.1%

voltage or ambient temperature)*

Control Power Repeatability Effect +/- 0.1% over the allowable control power range Ambient Temperature Repeatability Effect +/- 0.75% over 0 to 55 °C (with harmonic filter option) +/- 0.40% over 10 to 40 °C Time Delay Repeatability +/- 10% of setting 8.1.4 Relay Data Agastat Type E7012PD, data per Ref. 8.2.15 (Att. U) & 8.2.16 (Att. G)

The model number means Nuclear Safety Related, 7000 Series Timing Relay, On-Delay, 2 double pole - double throw output contacts, 120Vdc Coil, 5 to 50 sec time range.

E7012 Repeat Accuracy + 10% of setting 7012 Repeat Accuracy +/- 5% of setting

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 29 Per Reference 8.2.17 (included as Attachment P), the E7012 is physically assembled from the same parts as the non-nuclear qualified 7012. The larger repeat accuracy of 10% reflects the combination of the repeat accuracy and harsh environmental testing. Thus if an E7012 is not subject to the harsh environment, its base repeat accuracy is equal to that of the industrial model 7012 (+/-5% of setting).

100% of the population of E7012s and 7012s are tested to verify their actuation within specified limits before shipping. Thus the specified repeat accuracy may be considered a 30 confidence level.

8.1.5 Per Reference 8.2.5, the relays are located in the bus 64B/C and 65E/F switchgear, which are located in the Div I and Div II switchgear rooms. Per Ref. 8.2.6, pages 43 and 47, these are mild environmental zones, with normal maximum temperatures of 91°F and 95°F (respectively) but after LOCA with an HVAC failure, these zones may reach a maximum temperature of 120°F (490 C).

8.1.6 Based on 8.1.5 above, the E7012s are located in the switchgear room, which is a mild environment, so the +/-5% of setting repeat accuracy of the 7012 will be applied to a 30 confidence level.

8.1.7 Per Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2.10, the existing relays are bench calibrated by measuring the voltage with a Fluke 8060A (200Vac range) and the time delay with an SST-9203 Digital Timer. The existing voltage as left tolerance (ALT) for all relays is +/- 0.5 Vac. The existing time as left tolerance (ALT) is +/-0.05 seconds. The existing setpoints are:

Division I Division II 4.16 kV Emergency Bus UV (Loss of Voltage)

Bus Undervoltage 3033.0 V decreasing 3078.0 V decreasing Time Delay 2 sec increasing 2 sec increasing 4.16 kV Emergency Bus UV (Degraded Voltage)

Bus Undervoltage

• 3952.0 V decreasing 3702.0 V decreasing Time Delay w/o LOCA 44.0 sec increasing 21.4 sec increasing Time Delay w/ LOCA

• 8 sec increasing 8 sec increasing

• These setpoints will be changed by output of this calculation.

8.1.8 Per Reference 8.2.11, the following data is applicable to the Agilent 34401A Multimeter:

Range 1.000000 to 750.000 V, for measurement of True RMS AC Voltage of 120 volts.

Accuracy, for calibration of up to 1 year: +/-0.06% of reading + 0.03% of range.

Per Reference 8.2.12, the Agilent 34401A accuracy specifications have a 4c confidence level. They will be applied conservatively within this calculation as 30 values.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 30 8.1.9 Per Reference 8.2.13, the existing AVs for the UV relays are:

Division I Division II 4.16 kV Emergency Bus UV (Loss of Voltage)

Bus Undervoltage 2 2972.3 V 5 3093.7 V - 3016.4 V 5 3139.6 V Time Delay 1 1.9 sec 5 2.1 sec > 1.9 sec 5 2.1 sec 4.16 kV Emergency Bus UV (Degraded Voltage)

Bus Undervoltage * Ž 3873.0 V 5 4031.0 V 2 3628.0 V 5 3776.0 V Time Delay w/o LOCA - 41.8 sec  : 46.2 sec 220.33 sec 5 22.47 sec Time Delay w/ LOCA* > 7.6 sec 5 8.4 sec 7.6 sec  : 8.4 sec

• These AVs will be changed by output of this calculation.

• • Current AVs from LAR. These will be changed by output of this calculation.

8.1.10 Reference 8.2.14 has the following upper and lower degraded voltage Analytical Limits:

Division I Division II Upper ALim 95.5% 3972.8 V 94.2% 3918.7 V Lower ALim 93.1% 3873.0 V 87.2% 3628.0 V 8.1.11 Reactor Building 4160V Bus Relay Channel Definitions 8.1.11.1 Channel Description For each 4160V Reactor Building bus 64B, 64C, 65E and 65F, the bus voltage is monitored via a potential transformer that supplies a 120V relay bus and undervoltage relays that monitor the bus voltage. When the bus voltage decreases to the Operate setpoint, the relay output contacts actuate after a short time delay. The relay output contacts isolate the Class IE buses from the off site source and start the diesel. If the reset point is reached before completion of the time delay, then the relay resets and the output contacts do not change state.

For loss of voltage, the loss of voltage undervoltage relay provides the required time delay. For degraded voltage, the degraded voltage relay provides the required time delay for the coincident LOCA case. In the case of degraded voltage without LOCA, after the LOCA time delay is fulfilled, then the actuation of the undervoltage relay contacts will initiate a second timer relay, which actuates after an additional delay. The total non-LOCA time delay is the combination of the LOCA time delay plus the non-LOCA timer relay delay.

Channel 1 - Primary Undervoltage Relays (Loss of Voltage)

Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1, Loss of Power Instrumentation, functions 1.a and 1.b Channel 2 - Secondary Undervoltage Relays (Degraded Voltage)

Technical Specification Table 3.3.8.1-1, including License Amendment Request to include LOCA time function, Loss of Power Instrumentation, functions 2.a, 2.b and 2.c Required with and without LOCA

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 31 8.1.11.2 Channel Elements (Ref. 8.2.5 & 8.2.18)

Ch. No. Div. Potential Transformer Relay Numbers Manufacturer/Model 1-1 Loss of I Phase to Phase XY-27A/64B XY-27A164C ABB Type 27D Voltage 4200 to 120 ratio YZ-27A/64B YZ-27A/64C Model 21 1R4 175 Phase to Neutral XN-27C/64B XN-27C/64C ABB Type 27D 2400*4i3 to 120 YN-27C/64B XN-27C/64C Model 21 1R4175 Non-LOCA Time IRU62 Agastat E7012PD 1-2 Loss of 11 Phase to Phase XY-27A/65E XY-27A/65F ABB Type 27D Voltage 4200 to 120 ratio YZ-27A/65E YZ-27A/65F Model 21 IR4 175 Phase to Neutral XN-27C/65E XN-27C/65F ABB Type 27D 2400*413 to 120 YN-27C/65E YN-27C/65F Model 21 IR4 175 Time 1RV62 Agastat E7012PD 2-1 Degraded I Phase to Phase XY-27B/64B XY-27B/64C ABB Type 27N Voltage 4200 to 120 ratio YZ-27B/64B YZ-27B/64C Model

______________21IT4175-HF-IE Phase to Neutral YN-27D/64B YN-27D/64C ABB Type 27N 2400*413 to 120 ZN-27D/64B ZN-27D/64C Model 211 T4 175 -HF-l1B Time IRW62 Agastat E7012PD 2-2 Degraded 11 Phase to Phase XY-27B/65E XY-27B/65F ABB Type 27N Voltage 4200 to 120 ratio YZ-27B/65E YZ-27B/65F Model

_______________21 1T4 175-HF-lB Phase to Neutral YN-27D/65E YN-27D/65F ABB Type 27N 2400*413 to 120 ZN-27D/65E ZN-27D/65F Model

_____________ ___________________21IT4175-HF-IE

____________ Time 1RX62 Agastat E70 12PD 8.1.11.3 Channel Diagram Relay Voltage Channel:

Each channel consists of a relay that monitors the voltage output from a potential transformer (PT).

There are two types of PTs: phase to phase (P-P) with a 4200 to 120 ratio, and phase to neutral (P-N) with a 2400 to 120 ratio.

PT tRelay CLIv The input voltage decreasing to the Operate setpoint initiates a time delay. After completion of the time delay, then the relay output contacts change state. If the reset point is reached before completion of the time delay, then the relay resets and the output contacts do not change state.

In the case of the degraded voltage relay, for a LOCA coincident with degraded voltage, the required LOCA time delay is provided by the undervoltage relay. In the case of degraded voltage without LOCA, after the LOCA time delay is fulfilled, then the actuation of the undervoltage relay will initiate a second timer relay, which actuates after an additional delay. The total non-LOCA time delay is the combination of the LOCA time delay plus the non-LOCA timer relay delay.

The time channel is: Relay CLIT

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 32 8.1.12 DC-6447 (Reference 8.2.14) provides the following design inputs:

Div. I LOCA minimum recovery voltage during transient 95.5 % of 4160V Div. I momentary bus voltage from motor start transient 78.9% of 4160V Div. II momentary bus voltage from motor start transient 82.3% of 4160V Div II LOCA minimum recovery voltage during transient 94.2% of 4160V Voltage recovery times for RHR and CS pump motor start 5.1 sec maximum - use 5.5 sec as lower ALim Transformer 64 LTC voltage regulator control band 4142.8 V - 4306.8 V Voltage recovery Time for Heater Feed Pump Start 9 seconds 8.1.13 DC Control Power Range Per UFSAR Section 8.3.2.1.1 the 130 Vdc Division I and II ESF buses are protected from overvoltage by deactivating the rectifier bridge if the voltage exceeds 138.5 V. Per UFSAR Section 8.3.2.2, the batteries must be able to carry all required loads for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> without battery voltage dropping below 210 Vdc (105 Vdc on the 130 Vdc buses). Although the bus voltage is monitored at the source, and it would be expected that the actual bus voltage at the relay locations would be lower, it is the range of control power variation (138.5 Vdc - 105 Vdc) that is used to determine the control power error effect for the relays (Inputs 8.1.2 and 8.1.3). Thus the control power error effect for the relays is calculated over the 105 to 138.5 Vdc range.

8.1.14 Per Reference 8.2.20, the following data is applicable to the Megger SST-9203 digital timer:

Range: 0.0001 to 99.9999 seconds Least Significant Digit (LSD): 0.0001 second Accuracy: larger of LSD or 0.005% of reading 8.1.15 The following design inputs pertain to the swing bus:

Design Input Value/Information Source Overcurrent device response time 1 second DC-2514 Vol. I (Ref. 8.2.22)

Load Sequencer time delay for swing bus 5 seconds Ref. 8.2.23, 8.2.24 QA-1 motors locked rotor withstand time 15 seconds DC-6348 Vol I (Ref. 8.2.36)

ABB (ITE) 27 Relay response time 0.2 to 1.3 seconds + 10% Attachment B (Ref. 8.2.3)

(Swing bus UV relays)

Voltage drop from Bus 72C to MCC 72C-F 3V DC-5003 Vol I (Ref. 8.2.36)

Voltage drop from Bus 72F to MCC 72C-F 4V DC-5003 Vol I (Ref. 8.2.36)

Minimum Voltage at MCC 72C-F with 93.07% of 480V DC-6447 Vol I (Ref. 8.2.14) 4kV bus voltage @ the analytical limit EDG Voltage Regulator Tolerance +/-1/2 % VME8-2.2 (Ref. 8.2.37)

Bus 72C voltage with EDG @ 4100V 476V DC-5003 Vol I (Ref. 8.2.36)

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 33 8.2 Document Interface Reference Summary:

Ref DTC DSN or Rev Title Ref In Out How document is used

1. Document Type put put in calculation 8.2.1 TDPINC C1-4180 B Setpoint Validation Guidelines EL Z n Methodology for instrument loop accuracy & Tech Spec. AV determination 8.2.2 TS DSGN 3071-034 0 4160 Volt Indoor Metal Clad l Z3 PTs are ANSI Standard Accuracy Switchgear for Enrico Fermi Class 0.3 Atomic Power Plant, Unit 2 (Item 20.5 p. 11&12) 8.2.3 TMINSL VMR1-67 A Instructions Single Phase 3 El Input data for ABB Type 27D Voltage Relays - Undervoltage Relays. ABB IB 18.4.7-2 Rev. E Relays and Overvoltage Relays (included as Att. B) 8.2.4 TMINSL VMC6-8 0 Type 27N and 59N High O Z3 l Input data for ABB Type 27N Accuracy Undervoltage Relay Relays - ABB IB 7.4.1.7-7 Rev.

E (included as Att. O) 8.2.5 TLEQIP CECO 0 Central Component (CECO) DO nD Relay manufacturer, model and Database location 8.2.6 TEGEN EQO-EF2-018 K Summary of Environmental O 3 E] EQ Zone environmental data Parameters Used for the Fermi 2 EQ Program 8.2.7 TPNPP 42.302.07 33 Calibration and Functional Test I Z 3 Existing cal data - must be of Division 14160 Volt Bus revised to reflect new Stpts, 64B Undervoltage Relays ALT, AVs & cal. equip.

8.2.8 TPNPP 42.302.08 34 Calibration and Functional Test I] Z Z Existing cal data - must be of Division 14160 Volt Bus revised to reflect new Stpts, 64C Undervoltage Relays ALT, AVs & cal. equip.

8.2.9 TPNPP 42.302.09 32 Calibration and Functional Test I3 13 Existing cal data - must be of Division II 4160 Volt Bus revised to reflect new Stpts, 65E Undervoltage Relays __ ALT, AVs & cal. equip.

8.2.10 TPNPP 42.302.10 32 Calibration and Functional Test l3Z 3 Existing calibration data - must of Division II 4160 Volt Bus be revised to reflect new Stpts, 65F Undervoltage Relays ALT, AVs & cal. equip.

8.2.11 VENDOR Agilent 34401A Multimeter i3 O Voltage measurement uncertainty D

CATALOG Product Overview (included as Att. R) Used in App.

H 8.2.12 VENDOR Agilent Op Manual [l Z 0I voltage measurement uncertainty CATALOG (pages included as Att. S) Used in App. H 8.2.13 TSTECH Tech Specs & Technical Specifications and Ej Z Z TS Table 3.3.8.1-1 provides voltage Bases Bases, including LAR for surveillance limits. LAR changes LOCA time delay required for new AVs 8.2.14 TDPELE DC-6447 Auxiliary Power System j 13 [] Provides ALims for UV relays Analysis 8.2.15 TMINSL VMR4-9 C Agastat 7000 Series Industrial L] Z3 I Input data for 7000 Series Relays Electropneumatic Timing Relay (included as Attachment U) 8.2.16 TMINSL VMR4-9 C Agastat Nuclear Qualified Time D I I Input data for E7000 Series Delay Relays relays (included as Att. G) 8.2.17 E-Mail Correspondence, P. Z Z O Acceptable to use 7000 series Ugorcak (URS) & R. Sinclair error for E7000 series relays (Agastat - Tyco) 6-16-2010 __(included as Attachment P)

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 34 Ref DTC DSN or Rev Title Ref In Out How document is used

1. Document Type put put in calculation 8.2.18 EDP-35621 A Degraded Voltage O IZI Replaces DV relays with Type Improvements 27N, utilizes DV relay time delay for LOCA, changes Agastat time limit for non-LOCA - must include settings output from this calc 8.2.19 TDFSAR UFSAR 16 Fermi 2 Updated Final Safety l] i ] 13 sec EDG start time in Section Analysis Report Table 6.3- 3.2 7&8.3-5 8.2.20 VENDOR Megger SST-9203 Sold State lO Z I time measurement uncertainty CATALOG Digital Timer (included as Attachment T) used in Appendix H 8.2.21 PSB-1 NRC Branch Technical Position [3 i ] Provides UV protection Adequacy of Station Electric requirements Distribution System Voltages 8.2.22 TDPELE DC-2514, Vol. I B Overcurrent vs. undervoltage LO Z i Verifies coordination of relaying protective relaying between overcurrent and undervoltage relays 8.2.23 PRET R3000.003 Preoperational EDG testing L Z L] Test results in Attachment D verify

_ large motor starting dip 8.2.24 VSSERC SE 89-0186 0 480V Swing Bus Motor Control I CD Total time for ECCS injection Center 8.2.25 DDDINC 1-2572-28 R Schematic Diagram 4160V C [ ] Illustrates Division 1 load shedding ESS Buses #64B AND 64C - string Load Shedding Strings 8.2.26 DDDINC 1-2572-29 M Schematic Diagram 4160V O II L Illustrates Division 2 load shedding ESS Buses #65E & 65F Load string Shedding Strings 8.2.27 DDDINC 1-2578-05 O Relaying & Metering Diag- i] Z [] Indicates location of relay connection 4160V ESS Bus 64B 8.2.28 DDDINC 1-2578-09 N Relaying & Metering Diag- i Z ] Indicates location of relay connection 4160V ESS Bus 65E 8.2.29 TRARP 9D22 14 Division I Bus Voltage Low [ [E] Defines operator actions on degraded voltage 8.2.30 TRARP 10D43 13 Division II Bus Voltage Low [ I[ L] Defines operator actions on degraded voltage L] MZ L] Verifies the starting motor voltage dip levels correlate to the analytical 8.2.31 CMDEID EF2-72330 Field Verification of Analytical methods and assumptions for Onsite Tech & Assumptions for EF2 AC power systems. Contains the actual field test results of PRET.R1102.001.

8.2.32 TDPELE DC-5003 Vol. I I Emergency Diesel Generator L] Z Li Supplies LOCA loading values.

Loads Calculations 8.2.33 DDDINC 1-2714035 K EDG Load Sequence Division I i [] Li Verifies the order of energized EDG #11 and 12 __safety loads 8.2.34 DDDINC 1-2714-36 K EDG Load Sequence Division C] E i Verifies the order of energized II EDG #13 and 14 __safety loads 8.2.35 E-Mail Correspondence, D. [ IM O Defines repeatability of ABB Steltz (ABB) to P. Ugorcak Type 27D relay (included as (URS) 5-25-2010 ___Attachment Q)

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 35 Ref DTC DSN or Rev Title Ref In Out How document is used

1. Document Type put put in calculation 8.2.36 TDPELE DC-5003 Vol I I Emergency Diesel Generator [] [ ] Determines voltage drop to MCC Loads Calculation 72C-F, Basler Electric Instruction [ ] [ Determines EDG voltage regulator 8.2.37 TMINSL VME8-2.2 0 Manual for Generator tolerance Excitation System 8.2.38 TDPELE DC-6348 Vol I OL1 MOV Thermal Overload [ D] Verifies the withstand time for Heater Sizing locked rotor conditions.

Z Ej []I Verifies proper pickup, dropout and 8.2.39 TPNPP 35.318.008 30 ITE Voltage Relay Testing time response operation of voltage relay.

Functional Logic Diagram I [Z L] Shows multiple channel relay logic 8.2.40 DDDINC 1-2570-01 D Operation of Power Line Feed

& Tie Breakers 4160V Buses

1. 64B & 11EA Functional Logic Diagram [ ] Shows multiple channel relay logic 8.2.41 DDDINC 1-2570-02 F Operation of Power Line Feed

& Tie Breakers 4160V Buses

1. 64C & 12EB Functional Logic Diagram [1 E] Shows multiple channel relay logic 8.2.42 DDDINC 1-2570-03 E Operation of Power Line Feed

& Tie Breakers 4160V Buses

1. 65E & 13EC Functional Logic Diagram i[ ] Shows multiple channel relay logic 8.2.43 DDDINC 1-2570-04 D Operation of Power Line Feed

& Tie Breakers 4160V Buses

1. 65F & 14ED DTC: TPMMES DSN: MES15005 IP: I Rev. 0 P1/1 File: 1703.22 Approved: 5-14-08 Issued: 5-16-08

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 36 9.0 Details of Calculation 9.1 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division I Reactor Building 9.1.1 Division I Reactor Building 4160V Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage)

The tables below detail the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division I Primary Undervoltage (LOV) Relays.

Loss of Voltage UV Relay 211R4175, 27D Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div I - XY-27A/64B, YZ-27A/64B, XY-27A/64C, YZ-27A/64C Div I - XN-27C/64B, YN-27C/64B, XN-27C/64C, YN-27C/64C The existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2.10) include an ALT of +/- 0.5 V. Per normal engineering practice and C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT = VA, and to include a new as-found tolerance. Per Section 3.1.2, the as-found tolerance is based on the APT from Ref. 8.2.1. As a maximum, it will be set to the SRSS of the repeatability and drift, and will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs. A smaller as-found tolerance is conservative, because it will provide earlier indication of degraded performance.

Relay Errors and Tolerances In 120V: Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at 120V to bound all possible settings VA = Repeatability = 0.2 V 0.2 V 2 8.1.2 PSE = Control Pwr Effect = 0.2 V per 10V change in control voltage. 0.67 V 2 8.1.2 Taken over 105 to 138.5 V: PSE = (138.5 - 105V)

• 0.2V /10V 8.1.13 ATEN = Accuracy Temp Effect - Normal = 0.5V from 20-40 °C 0.5 V 2 8.1.2 ATEN = (0.5 V)*(40 - 20)°C / (40 - 20)°C ATEK = Accuracy Temp Effect - LOCA = 0.5V from 20-40 C, 0.725 V 2 8.1.2 extend to to 49°C: ATEK = (0.5 V)*(49 - 20)°C / (40 - 20)°C 8.1.5 ALT = VA (new, see above) 0.2 V 3 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LDA2) 0.6 V-Potential Transformers Accuracy Class 0.3% [3 a], for max burden use 1.2% 1.2  % 3 8.2.2 PEA = (1.2%*120)*2/3 0.96 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.108 V 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.2 V 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT((5/4)*CXA2 + EP^2) 0.15575 V 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC1 A2 + CC2A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.15575 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AN = 2*SQRT((VA/vA)A2 + (ATEN/OATEN)A2 + (PSE/OpsE)A2) 0.85959 V 2 -

LAN = AN 0.85959 V 2 -

AK = 2*SQRT((VA/OvA)^2 + (ATEK/OATEK)A2 + (PSE/opsE)A2) 1.00724 V 2 -

LAK = AK 1.00724 V 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.5%*120V 0.6 V 2 5.2

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 37 Voltage Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1) In 4160 V EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + PEAA2) 1.15161 V 1.645 40.306 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2 + PEAA2) 1.25290 V 1.645 43.852 oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LANA2 + LCA2 + LD^2) 0.53 V 1 18.546 Note: All error values are +/-

The table below details the analysis for the Division I Loss of Voltage UV relay voltage AVs. Per the DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) methodology the Technical Specification AVs are specified for a decreasing voltage setpoint, so the existing lower AV (AVL) is analyzed for acceptability using the standard formulas for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVL is used to determine a maximum lower analytical limit. This computed lower analytical limit is then used to compute a minimum relay actuation voltage using the standard formula from Section 3.1. The acceptability of the existing AVL and NTSP is then verified by subtracting all the possible sources of error from the existing NTSP and verifying that the result is equal to or greater than the minimum relay actuation voltage based on the computed lower Alim. Although this is a descending process trip, because there is no particular requirement for the upper ALim, the existing upper AV (AVU) is analyzed for acceptability by applying the same process described above for an ascending process trip.

The minimum upper ALim is determined by adding the combination of the non-drift errors to the existing AVU.

The existing NTSP and upper AV are acceptable if the upper ALim minus the combination of all errors including drift is shown to be greater than the existing NTSP.

The basic calculation is done in the 4160V bus voltage values. The 4160V values are converted to the 120V relay values by multiplying by the ratios from Section 3.3, which are 120/4200 for the P-P relay and 120/(43

• 2400) for the P-N relay.

Division I Loss of Voltage Relays - Voltage 4160  % of At P-P At P-N Source V: 4160 V Relay Relay Implied Minimum Upper ALim = AVU + EAV 3134.0 75.3 -

Existing AVU 3093.7 74.4 88.39 89.31 8.1.9 Existing Reset (increasing) 3% above SP (Reset = SP/0.97) 3126.8 75.2 89.34 90.26 8.1.2 Max NTSP < AL - CIEK 3090.2 74.3 -

Max Possible actuation of existing NTSP = (NTSP + CIEK) 3076.9 74.0 NTSP + APT 87.26 88.16 -

NTSP + ALT 86.86 87.76 -

Existing NTSP (decreasing) 3033.0 72.9 86.66 87.56 8.1.7 NTSP - ALT 86.46 87.36 -

NTSP - APT 86.06 86.96 -

Min Possible actuation of existing NTSP = (NTSP - CIEK) 2989.1 71.9 Min NTSP > AL + CIEK 2975.8 71.5 -

Existing AVL 2972.3 71.4 84.92 85.80 8.1.9 Implied Maximum Lower ALim = AVL - EAV 2932.0 70.5 -

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with OLER = 18.546 V (from Voltage Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (IAVL - NTSPI)/OLER = ( 2972.3 - 3033.0 1)/18.546 = 3.27 PASS ZLER 1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding the AV The NTSP plus and minus the APT is within the AVs, so the APT of 0.6 will be used as the as-found value.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 38 The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division I Primary Undervoltage (LOV) Relay Time Delay Settings. Since no drift value is provided for these relays, an assumed loop drift of 0.5% of setpoint is used in the calculation of total error.

Division I Loss of Voltage Time Delay Error and Tolerance Value Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at the 2 second setpoint Existing Setpoint 2.0 sec 8.1.7 VA = 10%, at 2 sec = 0.2 sec 0.200 sec 2 8.1.2 ALT = 0.05 sec 0.050 sec 3 8.2.7-8.2.10 As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VA^2 + LDA2) 0.200 sec -

Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLI^2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.00068 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.050 sec 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.03334 sec 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC 2A2+ ... + CCn^2) = CC 0.03334 sec 2 Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/OvA) = AN ** 0.200 sec 2 -

LAK= AK = LAN ** 0.200 sec 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.005*2 0.010 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2) 0.1668 sec 1.645 -

CIEK =(1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.1670 sec 1.645 -

oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.1015 sec 1 Note: All error values are +/-

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 39 The existing Technical Specification AVs and the existing NTSP for the loss of voltage UV relay actuation times are analyzed for acceptability by applying the standard methodology from DECO File C1-4180 (Ref.

8.2.1) to determine implied upper and lower analytical limits based on the relay operation error. The implied upper and lower analytical limits are then used to calculate minimum and maximum NTSPs for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVs and NTSPs are acceptable if the existing AVs bound the minimum and maximum setpoints calculated as described above.

Division I Loss of Voltage Relays - Time Value Units Source Min Upper ALim Implied by existing AVU: ALim 2 AVU + EAV 2.267 sec Max Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP + CIEK 2.167 sec Existing Tech Spec AVU 2.100 sec 8.1.9 NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.1 sec 2.200 sec NTSP + reduced APT 2.100 sec NTSP + ALT 2.050 sec Existing NTSP (increasing) 2.000 sec 8.2.7-8.2.10 NTSP - ALT 1.950 sec NTSP - reduced APT 1.900 sec NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.1 sec 1.800 sec -

Existing Tech Spec AVL 1.900 sec 8.1.9 Min Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP - CIEK 1.833 sec -

Max Lower ALim Implied by existing AVL: ALim 5 AVL - EAV 1.733 sec -

The existing relay time setpoint is bounded by the upper and lower Allowable Values in the Technical Specifications. The existing nominal trip setpoint and Allowable Values support the Analytical Limits shown.

The as-found value (or APT) is set at +/- 0.10 seconds to remain within the AVs.

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with GLER = 0.1015 sec (from Time Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVU - NTSPI)/GLER = (12.100 - 2.000 1)/0.1015 = 0.99 For a single channel, ZLER must be > 1.29 to pass. The loss of voltage relays are arranged in one-out-of-two-taken-twice logic (Ref. 8.2.40 - 8.2.43). Thus the actuation of more than one relay is required (multiple channels), and the multiple channel LER avoidance limit is applied. From C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1), for multiple channels, there is a 90% probability of avoiding the LER if ZLER > 0.81. In this case:

ZLER = 0.99 > 0.81 PASS Because multiple channels are required, and the ZLER is > 0.81, there is a greater than a 90% probability that the LER will be avoided.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOIN4TS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 40 9.1.2 Division I Reactor Building 4160V Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relay The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division I Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relays.

Degraded Voltage Relay 211lT4175-HF-1 E, 27N Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div I - XY-27B/64B, YZ-2713/6413, XY-2713/64C, YZ-27B/64C Div I - YN-27D/64B, ZN-27D/64B, YN-27D/64C, ZN-27D/64C The existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2. 10) include an ALT of +/- 0.5 V. Per normal engineering practice and C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2. 1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT = VA, and to include a new as-found tolerance. Per Section 3.1.2, the as-found tolerance is based on the APT from Ref. 8.2. 1. As a maximum, it will be set to the SRSS of the repeatability and drift, and will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs. A smaller as-found tolerance is conservative, because it will provide earlier indication of degraded performance.

Relay Errors and Tolerances __In 120V: Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at 120V to bound all possible settings __

VA = Repeatability = 0.10%*120 =0.1 2 V 0.12 V 2 8.1.3 PSE =Control Pwr Effect =0.10%*1 20V (from 100Oto 140 Vdc) 0.12 V 2 8.1.3 ATEN = Accuracy Temp Effect - Normal = 0.4%*1 20 (from 10 to 40'C), 0.320 V 2 8.1 .3 taken over 20-40'C:

ATEN = (0.4%*1l 20 V)'(40 - 20)00 / (40 - 10)00 C_

ATEK =Accuracy Temp Effect -LOCA =0.75%*120 (from 0Oto 55C), 0.475 V 2 8.1.3 taken over 20-49C: 8.1.5 ATEK = (0.75%*1 20 V) (49 - 20)'C / (55 - 0)00__C __

ALT =VA (new -see above) 1 0.121 V 13 1 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LDA2) 1 0.611 V _______

Potential Transformers Accuracy Class 0.3% [3 a], for max burden use 1.2%1.  % 3 822 PEA = (1.2%*120)*2/3 1__0.96 V_ 2 Relay Voltage Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per 01 -4180, Ref. 8.2.1) _____ ___

CX = SQRT(CLIA~2 + CLOA2) = CLI 0.108~ V 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.12J V 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT((5/4)*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.11349] V 2 -

LC = SQRT(CCIA2 + CC 2 A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.113491 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Error Calculation (Equations per 01 -4180, Ref. 8.2. 1) _____ ___

AN = 2*SQRT((VA/uVA)A2 + (ATEN/CJATEN)A2 + (PSE/cTPSE)A2) 0.36222 V 2 -

LAN =AN 0.36222 V 2 -

AK = 2*SQRT((VA/crVA)A2 + (ATEK/GATEK)A2 + (PSE/cTPSE)A2) 0.50441 V 2 -

LAK = AK 0.50441 V 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.5%*1 20V 0.6, V 2 5.2

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 41 Voltage Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1) in 4160 V EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAK^2 + LC^2 + PEA^2) 0.89683 V 1.645 31.389 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAK^2 + LC^2 + LD^2 + PEA^2) 1.02364 V 1.645 35.827 oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.35499 V 1 12.425 Note: All error values are +/-

The table below determines new AVs and NTSPs for the degraded voltage UV relay voltages based on the new ALims provided by reference 8.2.14. Because the Technical Specification AVs are for a decreasing voltage setpoint, the lower AV (AVL) is determined via the standard formula for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The upper AV (AVU) is then determined by adding the maximum channel error to the operate NTSP. This will set the AVU at the maximum point at which the decreasing voltage can actuate the relay once all the possible sources of error have been considered. The maximum Reset point is determined by dividing the AVU (max possible actuation point) by 0.995 based on the desired 0.5% differential between operate and reset voltages. This maximum possible reset point must be < the Upper Analytical Limit, which is the upper voltage determined in the voltage analysis, (Reference 8.2.14).

Division I Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Voltage Settings - Initial NTSP Division I Degraded Voltage Relays - Voltage 4160 V  % of At P-P At P-N Source 4160V Relay Relay New Upper ALim 3972.8 95.5 8.1.10 New Max Reset = max SP/0.995 3964.6 95.3 -

New AVU = NTSP + CIEK 3944.8 94.8 112.71 113.88 -

New Reset = NTSP/0.995 3928.6 94.4 112.25 113.41 -

New NTSP (decreasing) rounded up from minimum 3909.0 94.0 111.69 112.84 -

Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 3908.8 94.0 -

New AVL: AVL > ALim + EAV 3904.4 93.9 111.55 112.71 -

New Lower ALim 3873.0 93.1 8.1.10 Existing Tech Spec AVU 4031.0 8.1.9 Existing NTSP (decreasing) 3952.0 8.1.7 Existing Tech Spec AVL 3873.0 8.1.9 Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with OLER = 12.425 V (from Voltage Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVL - NTSP I)/OLER = (13904.4 - 3909.0 1)/12.425 = 0.37 FAIL ZLER is much less than 1.29, so there is much less than a 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The NTSP will be moved higher, but still within the upper and lower AVs, to provide more margin between the NTSP and the lower AV and ALim for this decreasing voltage trip. The NTSP will be moved to a point halfway between the two AVs.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A

" Page 42 4160 V %of At P-P At P-N 4160 V Relay Relay AVU (from above) 3944.8 94.8 112.71 113.88 AVL (from above) 3904.4 93.9 111.55 112.71 New NTSP (centered between AVL and AVU) 3924.6 94.3 112.13 113.29 NTSP reset = NTSP/0.995 3944.3 94.8 112.69 113.86 Again applying the LER avoidance test:

ZLER = (I AVL - NTSP I)/OLER = (I 3904.4 - 3924.6 1)/12.425 = 1.63 PASS ZLER is > 1.29, so there is greater than a 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The new settings, including ALT and APT, taken around the adjusted NTSP:

Division I Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Voltage Settings - Recommended NTSP Division I Degraded Voltage Relays - Voltage 4160 V  % of At P-P At P-N Source 4160V Relay Relay New Upper ALim 3972.8 95.5 8.1.10 New Max Reset = max SP/0.995 3964.6 95.3 -

New AVU = NTSP + CIEK 3944.8 94.8 112.71 113.88 -

Reset + reduced APT 113.27 114.44 -

Reset + ALT 112.81 113.98 -

New Reset = NTSP/0.995 3944.3 94.8 112.69 113.86 -

Reset - ALT 112.57 113.74 Reset - reduced APT 112.11 113.28 -

NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.58 112.74 113.90 -

NTSP + reduced APT 112.71 113.87 -

NTSP + ALT 112.25 113.41 -

New NTSP (decreasing) rounded up from minimum 3924.6 94.3 112.13 113.29 -

NTSP - ALT 112.01 113.17 -

NTSP - reduced APT 111.55 112.71 -

NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.58 111.52 112.68 -

Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 3908.8 94.0 -

New AVL: AVL > ALim + EAV 3904.4 93.9 111.55 112.71 -

New Lower ALim 3873.0 93.1 8.1.10 The as-found value (or APT) is set at +/- 0.58 volts to remain within the AVs.

Bus Low Voltage Alarm The bus low voltage alarm shall be set at a voltage greater than the degraded undervoltage relay maximum set value and below the lower end of the transformer 64 LTC voltage regulator control band. Additional time delay (20 seconds) shall be included so the load tap changer can automatically adjust for voltage fluctuations. The total time delay for the alarm shall be 30 seconds (Ref. 8.2.29).

Alarm Setpoint: 4076.8 V (98.0% on 4160V base)

Time Delay: 30 sec.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 43 9.1.3 Div. I Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Time Delay The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division I LOCA Time Delay Relays Division I LOCA Time Delay Degraded Voltage Relay 211T4175-HF-1E, 27N Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div I - XY-27B/64B, YZ-27B/64B, XY-27B/64C, YZ-27B/64C Div I - YN-27D/64B, ZN-27D/64B, YN-27D/64C, ZN-27D/64C For conservatism, those errors that are based on % of setting will use a setting that is larger than the actual setpoint. A setting of 7.31 seconds is chosen for this purpose. It is an acceptable, conservative value because it is larger than the setpoint plus the ALT (7.20 seconds, on next page).

Time Delay Error and Tolerance Value Units a Source Maximum setting to use with % setting errors - see above 7.31 sec VA = greater of 20 mS or 10% of setting 0.73 sec 2 8.1.3 ALT = increase to 0.5 sec - see below 0.500 sec 3 As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VA^2 + LD^2) 0.73 sec _-

Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLI^2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.00068 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.500 sec 3 CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.33333 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC 2A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.33333 sec 2 -

Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/A) = AN ** 0.731 sec 2 -

LAK= AK = LAN ** 0.731 sec 2 -

LD = 0.5%*setting 0.037 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2) 0.6608 sec 1.645 -

CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.6615 sec 1.645 -

LER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.4021 sec 1 All error values are +/-.

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

Calibration ALT is increased from existing +/-0.05 seconds to +/-0.5 seconds. Good practice is to set the ALT equal to the VA when possible, or to use at least one half of the VA. Since the VA is +0.731 seconds, the existing +/-0.05 seconds is an order of magnitude too small. Thus it is increased in this analysis to a more realistically achievable +/-0.5 seconds, and by output of this calculation will be changed in the calibration procedure.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 44 Per Section 3.1.2, the as-found tolerance is based on the APT from Ref. 8.2.1. As a maximum, it will be set to the SRSS of the repeatability and drift, and will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs. A smaller as-found tolerance is conservative, because it will provide earlier indication of degraded performance.

The upper Alim for the LOCA time delay supports the 13 second EDG start time from the LOCA analysis (Ref.

8.2.19, UFSAR Tables 6.3-7 & 8.3-5). The EDG start circuit includes a separate time delay relay, and an additional 0.18 seconds is required to account for the closure times of the EDG output and RHR pump motor breakers. Thus the upper ALim for the DV LOCA time delay is determined by subtracting the maximum EDG start timer delay and 0.18 seconds from the 13 second EDG start time for LOCA. Appendix G contains the determination of error associated with the EDG start timer relay.

The Technical Specification AVs for the LOCA condition degraded voltage relays are for an increasing time setpoint, so a new upper AV (AVU) is calculated via the standard formula for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The lower ALim is conservatively chosen as 5.50 seconds to be greater than the Core Spray pump acceleration time (Ref. 8.2.14). The new lower AV (AVL) for LOCA conditions is calculated via the standard formula for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The new NTSP is calculated as the average of the upper and lower ALims rounded to the nearest 0.1 second.

Division I DV Relay LOCA Time Delay Value Units Source Upper ALim (13 sec DG Start - DG timer relay max time) 7.97 sec App. G New Tech Spec AVU = ALim - EAV 7.31 sec -

Max SetPt = ALim - CIEK 7.31 sec -

NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.54 sec 7.43 sec -

NTSP + reduced APT 7.24 sec -

Setpt + ALT 7.20 sec -

New NTSP (increasing) = Average of ALims, rounded to 1 digit 6.7 sec -

Setpt - ALT 6.20 sec -

NTSP - reduced APT 6.16 sec -

NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.54 sec 5.97 sec -

Min SetPt = ALim + CIEK 6.16 sec -

New Tech Spec AVL = ALim + EAV 6.16 sec -

Lower ALim 5.50 sec 8.1.12 Average of ALims: New NTSP to be set in the center of the range.

Inspection of these values shows that the setpoint is within the range of maximum and minimum setpoint values with respect to the upper and lower ALims and so is acceptable. The new AVs are separated from their respective ALims by the required uncertainties.

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with GLER = 0.4021 sec (from Time Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (IAVU - NTSP )/OLER = (l 7.31 - 6.7 1)/0.4021 = 1.52 PASS ZLER > 1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The as-found value (or APT) is set at +/- 0.54 seconds to remain within the AVs.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 45 The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division I Non-LOCA Time Delay Relays. Since no drift value is provided for these relays, an assumed loop drift of 0.5% of setpoint is used in the calculation of total error.

Degraded Voltage Non-LOCA Timer Relays Agastat E7012PD (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div I Bus 64B: 1RU62 and Div I Bus 64C: 1RV62 For conservatism, those errors that are based on % of setting will use a setting that is larger than the actual setpoint. A setting of 38.3 seconds is chosen for this purpose. It is an acceptable, conservative value because it is equal to the NTSP plus the ALT (on next page).

Non- LOCA Div. I Time Delay Error and Tolerance Agastat Units a Source Only Agastat setting to use with % setting errors (see above) 38.3 sec VA = 5% of setting 1.915 sec 3 8.1.4 ALT = 1 sec 1.000 sec 3 8.2.7 - 8.2.10 As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LD^2) 1.92 sec -

Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLI^2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.00375 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 1.000 sec 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.66668 sec 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC 2 A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.66668 sec 2 -

Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/avA) = AN ** 1.277 sec 2 LAK= AK = LAN ** 1.277 sec 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setting 0.192 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2) 1.1849 sec 1.645 -

CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 1.1953 sec 1.645 -

aLER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 0.7266 sec 1 Note: All errors are +.

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 46 For non-LOCA conditions, the output of the ABB undervoltage relay (set at the LOCA time delay) starts a second Agastat timer relay. Thus the total non-LOCA time delay is the combination of the time delay from the degraded voltage undervoltage ABB relay (set at the LOCA time delay) and the time delay of the Agastat timer relay. The Technical Specification non-LOCA time AVs must be shown to bound the combination of the individual time AVs for the undervoltage relay LOCA time plus the non-LOCA timer relay (Agastat) time. The total NTSP for the non-LOCA time operate point is the undervoltage relay LOCA time NTSP plus the NTSP of the timer relay.

Division I Non-LOCA Time Delay Agastat Settings Total Total Tmeat Time at Units ource Source Division I Degraded Voltage Non-LOCA Timer Relay (Agastat)

Time Agastat Min Total Upper ALim (add 3.5 sec) for max EDG start 51.546 sec Min Upper ALim Implied by existing AVU: ALim > AVU + EAV 48.046 sec Agastat portion of Min Upper ALim: ALimAG 2 AVUAG + EAV 40.076 sec Existing Tech Spec AVU 46.2 sec 8.1.9 Agastat portion of AVU: AVU - AVULOCA 38.891 sec -

Max Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP + CIEK 38.495 sec -

Max NTSP for Upper ALim: Max NTSP 5 ALim - CIEK 37.516 sec NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 1.59 sec 39.220 sec -

NTSP + reduced APT 38.890 sec -

Setpt + ALT 38.300 sec -

Existing NTSP (increasing) 44.000 sec 8.1.7 Agastat NTSP: Total NTSP - NTSPLOCA 37.300 sec -

Setpt - ALT 36.300 sec NTSP - reduced APT 35.710 sec -

NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 1.59 sec 35.380 sec -

Min Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP - CIEK 36.105 sec -

Min NTSP for Lower ALim: Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 35.650 sec Existing Tech Spec AVL 41.8 8.1.9 Agastat portion of AVLAG: AVL - AVLLOCA 35.640 sec Max Lower ALim Implied by existing AVL: ALim 5 AVL -EAV 39.995 sec Agastat portion of Max Lower ALim: ALimAG 5 AVLAG - EAV 34.455 sec Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with aLER = 0.7266 sec (from Time Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVU - NTSP I)/OLER = (138.891 - 37.300 1)/0.7266 = 2.19 PASS ZLER -1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The as-found value (or APT) is set at + 1.59 seconds to remain within the AVs.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 47 9.1.4 480V Primary Undervoltage The 480V bus primary UV devices should coordinate with the 4160V primary device. Loss of voltage at the 4160V buses initiates the EDG's. The 4160V buses should trip first to prevent isolation of a 480V bus without EDG initiation. There is typically a 2-3% voltage drop between the 480 and 4160V buses. To assure selectivity, all 480 UV relays are set at 43% (206.4 V) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 206.4 V Time Delay: 2 sec 9.2 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division I RHR Building 9.2.1 4160 Primary Undervoltage All RHR 4160V UV relays are set at 2247V (54%) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 2247V Time Delay: 2 sec.

9.2.2 480V Primary Undervoltage The 480V bus primary UV devices should coordinate with the 4160V primary device. Loss of voltage at the 4160V buses initiates the EDG's. The 4160V buses should trip first to prevent isolation of a 480V bus without EDG initiation. There is typically a 2-3% voltage drop between the 480 and 4160V buses. To assure selectivity, all 480 UV relays are set at 43% (206.4 V) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 206.4 V Time Delay: 2 sec.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 48 9.3 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division II Reactor Building 9.3.1 Div II Reactor Building 4160V Primary Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage)

The tables below detail the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division II Primary Undervoltage (LOV) Relays.

Loss of Voltage UV Relay 211R4175, 27D Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div II - XY-27A/65E, YZ-27A/65E, XY-27A/65F, YZ-27A/65F Div II - XN-27C/65E, YN-27C/65E, XN-27C/65F, YN-27C/65F The existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2.10) include an ALT of +/- 0.5 V. Per normal engineering practice and C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT = VA, and to include a new as-found tolerance. Per Section 3.1.2, the as-found tolerance is based on the APT from Ref. 8.2.1. As a maximum, it will be set to the SRSS of the repeatability and drift, and will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs. A smaller as-found tolerance is conservative, because it will provide earlier indication of degraded performance.

Relay Errors and Tolerances In 120V: Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at 120V to bound all possible settings VA = Repeatability = 0.2 V 0.2 V 2 8.1.2 PSE = Control Pwr Effect = 0.2 V per 10V change in control voltage. 0.67 V 2 8.1.2 Taken over 105 to 138.5 V: PSE = (138.5 - 105V)

• 0.2V /10V 8.1.13 ATEN = Accuracy Temp Effect - Normal = 0.5V from 20-40 °C 0.5 V 2 8.1.2 ATEN = (0.5 V)*(40 - 20)°C / (40 - 20)°C ATEK = Accuracy Temp Effect - LOCA = 0.5V from 20-40 °C, 0.725 V 2 8.1.2 extend to 49 C: 8.1.5 ATEK = (0.5 V)*(49 - 20)°C / (40 - 20)°C ALT = VA (new - see above) 0.2 V 3 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LD^2) 0.6 V -

Potential Transformers Accuracy Class 0.3% [3 a], for max burden use 1.2% 1.2  % 3 8.2.2 PEA = (1.2%*120/100)*2/3 0.96 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLI^2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.108 V 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.2 V 3 CC = (2/3)*SQRT((5/4)*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.15575 V 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC1^2 + CC 2^2+ ... + CCn^2) = CC 0.15575 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AN = 2*SQRT((VA/avA)A2 + (ATEN/OATEN)A2 + (PSE/opsE)A2) 0.85959 V 2 -

LAN = AN 0.85959 V 2 -

AK = 2*SQRT((VA/oUA)A2 + (ATEK/oATEK)^2 + (PSE/OpsE)A2) 1.00724 V 2 -

LAK = AK 1.00724 V 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.5%*120V 0.6 V 2 5.2

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 49 Voltage Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1) In 4160 V EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + PEAA2) 1.15161 V 1.645 40.306 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2 + PEAA2) 1.25290 V 1.645 43.852 oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LANA2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 0.53 V 1 18.55 Note: All error values are +/-

The table below details the analysis for the Division I Loss of Voltage UV relay voltage AVs. Per the DECO File C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) methodology the Technical Specification AVs are specified for a decreasing voltage setpoint, so the existing lower AV (AVL) is analyzed for acceptability using the standard formulas for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVL is used to determine a maximum lower analytical limit. This computed lower analytical limit is then used to compute a minimum relay actuation voltage using the standard formula from Section 3.1. The acceptability of the existing AVL and NTSP is then verified by subtracting all the possible sources of error from the existing NTSP and verifying that the result is equal to or greater than the minimum relay actuation voltage based on the computed lower Alim. Although this is a descending process trip, because there is no particular requirement for the upper ALim, the existing upper AV (AVU) is analyzed for acceptability by applying the same process described above for an ascending process trip.

The minimum upper ALim is determined by adding the combination of the non-drift errors to the existing AVU.

The existing NTSP and upper AV are acceptable if the upper ALim minus the combination of all errors including drift is shown to be greater than the existing NTSP.

The basic calculation is done in the 4160V bus voltage values. The 4160V values are converted to the 120V relay values by multiplying by the ratios from Section 3.3, which are 120/4200 for the P-P relay and 120/(ý3

• 2400) for the P-N relay.

Division II Loss of Voltage Relay - Voltage 4160  % of At P-P At P-N Source V: 4160 V Relay Relay Implied Minimum Upper ALim = AVU + EAV 3179.9 76.4 -

Existing AVU 3139.6 75.5 89.70 90.63 8.1.9 Existing Reset (increasing) 3% above SP (Reset = SP/0.97) 3173.2 76.3 90.66 91.60 8.1.2 Max NTSP < ALim - CIEK 3136.1 75.4-Max Possible actuation of existing NTSP = (NTSP + CIEK) 3121.9 75.0 NTSP + APT 88.54 89.45 -

NTSP + ALT 88.14 89.05 -

Existing NTSP (decreasing) 3078.0 74.0 87.94 88.85 8.1.7 NTSP - ALT 87.74 88.65 -

NTSP- APT 87.34 88.25 -

Min Possible actuation of existing NTSP = (NTSP - CIEK) 3034.1 72.9 -

Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 3019.9 72.6 _

Existing AVL 3016.4 72.5 86.18 87.08 8.1.9 Implied Maximum Lower ALim = AVL - EAV 2976.1 71.5 -

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with GLER = 18.55 V (from Voltage Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVL - NTSP I)/CLER = ( 3016.4 - 3078.0 1)/18.55 = 3.32 PASS ZLER Ž 1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The NTSP plus and minus the APT is within the AVs, so the APT will be used as the as-found value.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 50 The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division II Primary Undervoltage (LOV) Relay Time Delay Settings. Since no drift value is provided for these relays, an assumed loop drift of 0.5% of setpoint is used in the calculation of total error.

Division II Loss of Voltage Time Delay Error and Tolerance Value Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at the 2 second setpoint Existing Setpoint 2.0 sec 8.1.7 VA = 10%, at 2 sec = 0.2 sec 0.200 sec 2 8.1.2 ALT = 0.05 sec 0.050 sec 3 8.2.7-8.2.10 APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LDA2) 0.200 sec -

Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLOA2) = CLI 0.00068 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.050 sec 3 CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.03334 sec 2 LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC 2A2+ ... + CCn^2) = CC 0.03334 sec 2 Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/OvA) = AN ** 0.200 sec 2 -

LAK= AK = LAN ** 0.200 sec 2 LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.005*2 0.010 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2) 0.1668 sec 1.645 -

CIEK =(1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 0.1670 sec 1.645 -

OLER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LC^2 + LDA2) 0.1015 sec 1 -

Note: All errors are +/-.

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 51 The existing Technical Specification AVs and the existing NTSP for the loss of voltage UV relay actuation times are analyzed for acceptability by applying the standard methodology from Cl-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) to determine implied upper and lower analytical limits based on the relay operation error. The implied upper and lower analytical limits are then used to calculate minimum and maximum NTSPs for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The existing AVs and NTSPs are acceptable if the existing AVs bound the minimum and maximum setpoints calculated as described above.

Division II Loss of Voltage Relays - Time Value Units Source Min Upper ALim Implied by existing AVU: ALim > AVU + EAV 2.267 sec Max Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP + CIEK 2.167 sec -

Existing Tech Spec AVU 2.100 sec 8.1.9 NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.1 sec 2.200 sec -

NTSP + APT - reduced 2.100 sec NTSP + ALT 2.050 sec Existing NTSP (increasing) 2.000 sec 8.2.7-8.2.10 NTSP - ALT 1.950 sec NTSP - APT - adjusted 1.900 sec NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.1 sec 1.800 sec -

Existing Tech Spec AVL 1.900 sec 8.1.9 Min Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP - CIEK 1.833 sec -

Max Lower ALim Implied by existing AVL: ALim 5 AVL - EAV 1.733 sec The existing relay time setpoint is bounded by the upper and lower Allowable Values in the Technical Specifications. The existing nominal trip setpoint and Allowable Values support the Analytical Limits shown.

The as-found value (or APT) is set at + 0.100 seconds to remain within the AVs.

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with GLER = 0.1015 sec (from Time Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVU - NTSPI)/OLER = (l 2.100 - 2.000 1)/0.1015 = 0.99 For a single channel, ZLER must be > 1.29 to pass. The loss of voltage relays are arranged in one-out-of-two-taken-twice logic (Ref. 8.2.40 - 8.2.43). Thus the actuation of more than one relay is required (multiple channels), and the multiple channel LER avoidance limit is applied. From C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1), for multiple channels, there is a 90% probability of avoiding the LER if ZLER > 0.81. In this case:

ZLER = 0.99 > 0.81 PASS Because multiple channels are required, and the ZLER is > 0.81, there is a greater than a 90% probability that the LER will be avoided.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD I Rev. AI I Page 52 9.3.2 - Division 11 Reactor Building 4160V Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relay The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division 11 Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Relays.

Degraded Voltage Relay 211lT4175-HF-1 E, 27N Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div 11- XY-2713/65E, YZ-27B/65E, XY-2713/65F, YZ-2713/65F Div 11- YN-27D/65E, ZN-27D/65E, YN-27D/65F, ZN-27D/65F The existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2. 10) include an ALT of +/- 0.5 V. Per normal engineering practice and CI-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT = VA.

Relay Errors and Tolerances In 120V: Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at 120V to bound all possible settings VA = Repeatability = 0.10%*120 =0.12 V 0.12 V 2 8.1.3_

PSE = Control Pwr Effect = 0.10%*120V (from 100 to 140 Vdc) 0.12 V 2 8.1.3 ATEN = Accuracy Temp Effect - Normal = 0.4%*120 (from 10Oto 400), 0.320 V 2 8.1.3 taken over 20-400:

ATEN = (0.4%*1 20 V)*(40 - 20)'C / (40 - 10)'C ATEK = Accuracy Temp Effect - LOCA = 0.75%*120 (from 0 to 550), 0.475 V 2 8.1.3 taken over 20-490: 8.1.5 ATEK = (0.75%*1 20 V)*(49 - 20)-C / (55 - 0)0C ALT = VA (new - see above) 0.12 V 3 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LDA2) 0.611 V-Potential Transformers Accuracy Class 0.3% [3 cr], for max burden use 1.2%1.  % 3 822 PEA = (1.2%"120)*2/3 0.96 V_2_

Relay Voltage Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1 -41 80, Ref. 8.2.1)

T CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLOA2) = CLI 0.108 V 3 App.H 3_

EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.12 V j3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT((5/4)*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.11349 V 2 -

LC = SQRT(CClA2 + CC2A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC J0.11349 V J2 -

Relay Voltage Error Calculation (Equations per C1 -41 80, Ref. 8.2.1) _________

AN = 2*SQRT((VA/aVA)A2 + (ATEN/aATEN)A2 + (PSE/aPSE)A2) 0.36222 V 2 -

LAN = AN 0.36222 V 2 -

AK = 2*SQRT((VA/avA)A2 + (ATEKIaTATEK)A2 + (PSE/aPSO)A2) 0.50441 V 2 -

LAK =AK 0.50441, V 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.5%*1 20V 0.61 V I2: 5.2 Voltage CanlErrClutin(Equations per01 -4180, Ref. 8.2.1) .98 .4 in 4160 V CIEK =(1.645/2)'SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2 + PEAA2) F1.02364 V 1.645 35.827 IaLER =0.5*SQRT(LANA2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 0.35499 V 1 112.425 Note: All error values are+/-

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A

'Page 53 The table below determines new AVs and NTSPs for the degraded voltage UV relay voltages based on the new ALims provided by reference 8.2.14. Because the Technical Specification AVs are for a decreasing voltage setpoint, the lower AV (AVL) is determined via the standard formula for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The upper AV (AVU) is then determined by adding the maximum channel error to the operate NTSP. This will set the AVU at the maximum point at which the decreasing voltage can actuate the relay once all the possible sources of error have been considered. The maximum Reset point is determined by dividing the AVU (max possible actuation point) by 0.995 based on the desired 0.5% differential between operate and reset voltages. This maximum possible reset point must be < the Upper Analytical Limit, which is the upper voltage determined in the voltage analysis, (Reference 8.2.14).

Division II Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Voltage Settings - Initial NTSP Division II Degraded Voltage Relays - Voltage 4160 V  % of At P-P At P-N Source 4160V Relay Relay New Upper ALim 3918.7 94.2 8.1.10 New Max Reset = max SP/0.995 3718.4 89.4 New AVU = NTSP + CIEK 3699.8 88.9 105.71 106.80 New Reset = NTSP/0.995 3682.4 88.5 105.21 106.30 -

New NTSP (decreasing) rounded up from minimum 3664.0 88.1 104.69 105.77 -

Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 3663.8 88.1 New AVL: AVL > ALim + EAV 3659.4 88.0 104.55 105.64 -

New Lower ALim 3628.0 87.2 8.1.10 Existing Tech Spec AVU 3776.0 8.1.9 Existing NTSP (decreasing) 3702.0 8.1.7 Existing Tech Spec AVL 3628.0 8.1.9 Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with CLER = 12.425 V (from Voltage Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVL - NTSP I)/aLER = (13659.4 - 3664.0 1)/12.425 = 0.37 FAIL ZLER is much less than 1.29, so there is much less than a 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The NTSP will be moved higher, but still within the upper and lower AVs, to provide more margin between the NTSP and the lower AV and ALim for this decreasing voltage trip. The NTSP will be moved to a point halfway between the two AVs.

4160V %of At P-P At P-N 4160 V Relay Relay AVU (from above) 3699.8 88.9 105.71 106.80 AVL (from above) 3659.4 88.0 104.55 105.64 New NTSP (centered between AVL and AVU) 3679.6 88.5 105.13 106.22 NTSP reset = NTSP/0.995 3698.1 88.9 105.66 106.75 Again applying the LER avoidance test:

ZLER = (I AVL - NTSP I)/OLER = (1 3659.4 - 3679.6 1)/12.425 = 1.63 PASS ZLER is -1.29, so there is greater than a 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 54 The new settings, including ALT and APT, taken around the adjusted NTSP:

Division II Secondary Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) Voltage Settings - Recommended NTSP Division II Degraded Voltage Relays -Voltage 4160 V  % of At P-P At P-N Source 4160V Relay Relay New Upper ALim 3918.7 94.2 8.1.10 New Max Reset = max SP/0.995 3718.4 89.4 -

New AVU = NTSP + CIEK 3699.8 88.9 105.71 106.80 -

Reset + APT 106.24 107.33 Reset + ALT 105.78 106.87 -

New Reset = NTSP/0.995 3698.1 88.9 105.66 106.75 -

Reset - ALT 105.54 106.63 -

Reset - reduced APT 105.08 106.17 -

NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.58 105.74 106.83 -

NTSP + reduced APT 105.71 106.80 -

NTSP + ALT 105.25 106.34 -

New NTSP (decreasing) rounded up from minimum 3679.6 88.5 105.13 106.22 -

NTSP - ALT 105.01 106.10 -

NTSP - reduced APT 104.55 105.64 -

NTSP - APT > AVU, but reduce APT for symmetry 104.52 105.61 -

Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 3663.8 88.1 -

New AVL: AVL 2 ALim + EAV 3659.4 88.0 104.55 105.64 New Lower ALim 3628.0 87.2 8.1.10 The as-found value (or APT) is set at + 0.58 volts to remain within the AVs.

Bus Low Voltage Alarm The bus low voltage alarm shall be set at a voltage greater than the tripping set voltage and less than the actual bus voltage 4093.44 V (98.4 %), and at a voltage to ensure UV relay will reset with a time delay which shall be (10 sec.) (Ref 8.2.30).

Alarm Setpoint: 4093.44 V Time Delay: 10 sec.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 55 9.3.3 - Division II Secondary UV (Degraded Voltage) Time Delay The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division II LOCA Time Delay Relays Division II LOCA Time Delay Degraded Voltage Relay 211T4175-HF-1E, 27N Standard Case (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div II - XY-27B/65E, YZ-27B/65E, XY-27B/65F, YZ-27B/65F Div II - YN-27D/65E, ZN-27D/65E, YN-27D/65F, ZN-27D/65F For conservatism, those errors that are based on % of setting will use a setting that is larger than the actual setpoint. A setting of 7.31 seconds is chosen for this purpose. It is an acceptable, conservative value because it is larger than the setpoint plus the ALT (7.20 seconds, on next page).

Time Delay Error and Tolerance Value Units a Source Maximum setting to use with % setting errors - see above 7.31 sec -

VA = greater of 20 mS or 10% of setting 0.73 sec 2 8.1.3 ALT = new - see below 0.500 sec 3 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LDA2) 0.73 sec -

Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLOA2) = CLI 0.00068 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.500 sec 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.33333 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC 2A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.33333 sec 2 -

Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/avA) = AN ** 0.731 sec 2 LAK= AK = LAN ** 0.731 sec 2 -

LD = 0.5%*setting 0.037 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2) 0.6608 sec 1.645 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LD^2) 0.6615 sec 1.645 -

oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LANA2 + LC^2 + LDA2) 0.4021 sec 1 All error values are +/-.

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

Calibration ALT is increased from existing +/-0.05 seconds to +/-0.5 seconds. Good practice is to set the ALT equal to the VA when possible, or to use at least one half of the VA. Since the VA is +/-0.731 seconds, the existing +/-0.05 seconds is an order of magnitude too small. Thus it is increased in this analysis to a more realistically achievable +/-0.5 seconds, and by output of this calculation will be changed in the calibration procedure.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 56 Per Section 3.1.2, the as-found tolerance is based on the APT from Ref. 8.2.1. As a maximum, it will be set to the SRSS of the repeatability and drift, and will be reduced as needed to stay within the AVs. A smaller as-found tolerance is conservative, because it will provide earlier indication of degraded performance.

The upper Alim for the LOCA time delay supports the 13 second EDG start time from the LOCA analysis (Ref.

8.2.19, UFSAR Tables 6.3-7 & 8.3-5). The EDG start circuit includes a separate time delay relay, and an additional 0.18 seconds is required to account for the closure times of the EDG output and RHR pump motor breakers. Thus the upper ALim for the DV LOCA time delay is determined by subtracting the maximum EDG start timer delay and 0.18 seconds from the 13 second EDG start time for LOCA. Appendix G contains the determination of error associated with the EDG start timer relay.

The Technical Specification AVs for the LOCA condition degraded voltage relays are for an increasing time setpoint, so a new upper AV (AVU) is calculated via the standard formula for an ascending process as stated in Section 3.1. The lower ALim is conservatively chosen as 5.50 seconds to be greater than the Core Spray pump acceleration time (Ref. 8.2.14). The new lower AV (AVL) for LOCA conditions is calculated via the standard formula for a descending process as stated in Section 3.1. The new NTSP is calculated as the average of the upper and lower ALims rounded to the nearest 0.1 second.

Division II DV Relay LOCA Time Delay Value Units Source Upper ALim (13 sec DG Start - DG timer relay max time) 7.97 sec App. G New Tech Spec AVU = ALim - EAV 7.31 sec Max SetPt = ALim - CIEK 7.31 sec NTSP + APT > AVU, so reduce APT to 0.54 sec 7.43 sec NTSP + reduced APT 7.24 sec NTSP + ALT 7.20 sec New NTSP (increasing) = Average of ALims, rounded to 1 digit 6.7 sec NTSP - ALT 6.20 sec NTSP - reduced APT 6.16 sec NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.54 sec 5.97 sec Min SetPt = ALim + CIEK 6.16 sec New Tech Spec AVL = ALim + EAV 6.16 sec Lower ALim 5.50 sec 8.1.12 Average of ALims: New NTSP, to be set in the center of the range.

Inspection of these values shows that the setpoint is within the range of maximum and minimum setpoint values with respect to the upper and lower ALims and so is acceptable. The new AVs are separated from their respective ALims by the required uncertainties.

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with OLER = 0.4021 sec (from Time Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVU - NTSP I)/OLER = (l 7.31 - 6.7 1)/0.4021 = 1.52 PASS ZLER 1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The as-found value (or APT) is set at +/- 0.54 seconds to remain within the AVs.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 57 The table below details the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the Division II Non-LOCA Time Delay Relays. Since no drift value is provided for these relays, an assumed loop drift of 0.5% of setting (Assumption 5.2) is used in the calculation of total error.

Division II Degraded Voltage Non-LOCA Timer Relays Agastat E7012PD (Ref. 8.2.5)

Div II Bus 65E: 1RW62 and Div II Bus 65F: 1RX62 For conservatism, those errors that are based on % of setting will use a setting that is larger than the actual setpoint. A setting of 15.05 seconds is chosen for this purpose. It is an acceptable, conservative value because it is equal to the NTSP plus the ALT.

The existing calibration procedures (Ref. 8.2.7 through 8.2.10) include an ALT of +/- 1.0 sec. Per C1-4180 (Ref.

8.2.1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA, unless noted otherwise. The existing ALT of 1 sec is larger than the VA, and results in too large of a total error to stay within the Tech Spec AVs. Thus the ALT will be reduced to slightly more than one half of the VA, or 0.400 seconds. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT equal to 0.400 sec.

Non- LOCA Div. II Time Delay Error and Tolerance Agastat Units a Source Only Agastat setting to use with % setting errors 15.050 sec VA = 5% of setting 0.753 sec 3 8.1.4 ALT (new - see above) 0.400 sec 3 -

As-Found Tolerance = APT = SQRT(VAA2 + LD^2) 0.756 sec Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.00375 sec 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.400 sec 3 CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.26669 sec 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC 1A2 + CC2^2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.26669 sec 2 -

Relay Time Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*(VA/OvA) = AN ** 0.502 sec 2 -

LAK= AK = LAN ** 0.502 sec 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setting 0.075 sec 2 5.2 Time Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2) 0.4675 sec 1.645 -

CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LDA2) 0.4716 sec 1.645 -

oLER = 0.5*SQRT(LAN^2 + LC^2 + LD^2) 0.2867 sec 1 -

Note: All errors are +/-.

• • The manufacturer does not specify an accuracy temperature effect for the time delay actuation. Thus the normal and post-accident accuracies are the same, so AN = AK and LAN = LAK.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 58 For non-LOCA conditions, the output of the ABB undervoltage relay (set at the LOCA time delay) starts a second Agastat timer relay. Thus the total non-LOCA time delay is the combination of the time delay from the degraded voltage undervoltage ABB relay (set at the LOCA time delay) and the time delay of the Agastat timer relay. The Technical Specification non-LOCA time AVs must be shown to bound the combination of the individual time AVs for the undervoltage relay LOCA time plus the non-LOCA timer relay (Agastat) time. The total NTSP for the non-LOCA time operate point is the undervoltage relay LOCA time NTSP plus the NTSP of the timer relay.

Division II Non-LOCA Time Delay Agastat Settings Total Total Time T at Units Source ouce Division II Degraded Voltage Non-LOCA Timer Relay (Agastat)

Time Agastat Min Total Upper ALim (add 3.5 sec) for max EDG start 28.598 sec -

Min Upper ALim Implied by existing AVU: ALim > AVU + EAV 23.598 sec -

Agastat portion of Min Upper ALim: ALimAG > AVUAG + EAV 15.628 sec -

Existing Tech Spec AVU 22.47 sec 8.1.9 Agastat portion of AVU: AVU - AVULOCA 15.161 sec -

Max Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP + CIEK 15.157 sec -

Max NTSP for Upper ALim: Max NTSP < ALim - CIEK 15.121 sec -

NTSP + APT> AVU, so reduce APT to 0.48 sec 15.406 sec -

NTSP + reduced APT 15.130 sec -

NTSP + ALT 15.050 sec -

New NTSP (increasing) 21.35 sec 8.1.7 Agastat NTSP: Total NTSP - NTSPLOcA 14.650 sec -

NTSP - ALT 14.250 sec -

NTSP - reduced APT 14.170 sec -

NTSP - APT < AVL, so reduce APT to 0.48 sec 13.894 sec -

Min Possible setpoint actuation w/ existing NTSP: NTSP - CIEK 14.179 sec -

Min NTSP for Lower ALim: Min NTSP > ALim + CIEK 14.173 sec -

Existing Tech Spec AVL 20.33 8.1.9 Agastat portion of AVLAG: AVL - AVLLOCA 14.169 sec -

Max Lower ALim Implied by existing AVL: ALim 5 AVL -EAV 19.202 sec -

Agastat portion of Max Lower ALim: ALimAG 5 AVLAG - EAV 13.702 sec The existing total setpoint has been reduced, and a new Agastat time delay setpoint has been determined to ensure that the setpoint is maintained between the AVs.

Applying the LER avoidance test (Section 3.1.1), with oLER = 0.2867 sec (from Voltage Channel Error Calculation, this section)

ZLER = (I AVU - NTSP I)/OLER = (l 15.161 - 14.650 1)/0.2867 = 1.78 V PASS ZLER > 1.29, so there is a greater than 90% probability of avoiding violation of the AV The as-found value (or APT) is set at +/- 0.48 seconds to remain within the AVs.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 59 9.3.4 480V Primary Undervoltage The 480V bus primary UV devices should coordinate with the 4160V primary device. Loss of voltage at the 4160V buses initiates the EDGs. The 4160V buses should trip first to prevent isolation of 480V bus without EDG initiation. There is typically a 2-3% voltage drop between the 480 and 4160V buses. To assure selectivity, all 480 UV relays are set at 206.4 V (43%) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 206.4 V Time Delay: 2 sec 9.4 Setpoint Determination and Acceptance Criteria for Division II RHR Building 9.4.1 4160 Primary Undervoltage All RHR 4160V UV relays are set at 2247 V (54%) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 2247 V Time Delay: 2 sec.

9.4.2 480V Primary Undervoltage The 480V bus primary UV devices should coordinate with the 4160V primary device. Loss of voltage at the 4160V buses initiates the EDGs. The 4160V buses should trip first to prevent isolation of 480V bus without EDG initiation. There is typically a 2-3% voltage drop between the 480 and 4160V buses. To assure selectivity, all 480 UV relays are set at 206.4 V (43%) with a 2 second minimum inverse time delay.

Trip Setpoint: 206.4 V Time Delay: 2 sec.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 60 9.5 Division I & II Secondary Undervoltage Scheme for Swing Bus 9.5.1 480 Volt Buses - Reactor Building

• Bus 72C Position 3C Feed to Swing Bus MCC 72CF (Normal)

• Bus 72F Position 5C Feed to Swing Bus MCC 72CF (Alternate)

This section determines the voltage setting for the undervoltage relays and the time setting for the time delay relay in both Divisions I and II. The additional undervoltage and time delay relays are an enhancement to the existing system. This scheme is for detecting a degraded voltage condition on the 480V swing bus after closure of the EDG output breakers. This scheme detects when the voltage at the swing bus is less than the required voltage level for the motor-operated valves (MOV) connected to the swing bus and initiates a transfer of the swing bus feed to the other Division.

9.5.2 480 Volt Buses - Reactor Building Swing Bus Acceptance Criteria and Analysis The system conditions for this analysis are as follows:

• Loss of off-site power (off-site breaker open).

• Loss of coolant accident coincident with loss of off-site power.

• Degraded (voltage regulator failure) or no voltage on the 480V buses feeding Swing Bus MCC 72C-F occurs just after the time of closing the EDG output breaker.

The relays are set to trip when the 480V bus voltage has degraded to the point when safety systems fed from Swing Bus MCC 72C-F should not be operated as continued operation may cause damage to safety system equipment.

There are two acceptance criteria by which to establish secondary (degraded) UV setpoints:

1. The steady state voltage of the swing bus must not drop below the allowable limit required to operate the most limiting motor-operated valve.

2. The setpoint selected should be low enough to prevent unnecessary transfer of the swing bus.

Undervoltage Relay Setting Criterion 1: (The voltage limit that the swing bus must not drop below to allow operation of the most limiting motor-operated valve at a degraded steady state voltage.)

The minimum voltage required at MCC 72C-F is 93.07% of 480V per Section 10.2.3 of Ref. 8.2.14. The voltage drop from Bus 72C to MCC 72C-F is 3V per Ref. 8.2.36. The voltage drop from Bus 72F to MCC 72C-F is 4V per Ref. 8.2.36. This results in required voltages at Bus 72C and Bus 72F, of 93.7% and 93.91%,

respectively. Operation of the valves fed from this MCC is acceptable with voltages maintained above these values.

The undervoltage relays on each bus were set to ensure bus voltage will not drop below 94.00%. The setpoints for these relays are calculated in Appendix B and are summarized below.

Parameter Div 1 Div 2 Max Reset 96.57% 96.57%

Max Dropout 96.09% 96.09%

Setpoint 95.04% 95.04%

Lower Operating Limit 94.00% 94.00%

Min Req'd Volts 93.70% 93.91%

Criterion 2: (The setpoint should be low enough to prevent unnecessary transfer of the swing bus.)

The setpoint calculation for this relay in Appendix B calculates a reset value of 96.57%. EDG output voltage is very precise and maintains voltage regulation within +/-tV2% of 4160V (Ref. 8.2.37). Applying this tolerance to the voltage regulator setting results in a minimum expected voltage at the EDG terminals of 4100V (Ref.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 61 8.2.36). This voltage results in a voltage of 476V (99.17%) at Bus 72C (Ref. 8.2.36). Bus 72F is fed via a voltage regulator that controls the voltage to 480V +/-1% (Ref. 8.2.14). Therefore, the voltage will be maintained above the maximum reset value of the relays preventing an unnecessary transfer of the swing bus. A single failure of the voltage regulator resulting in Bus 72C or Bus 72F voltages below the relay set points (including tolerances) will result in a transfer of the swing bus to the opposite division.

Based on the above evaluation, power to MCC 72C-F will be maintained to operate the motor operated valves fed from swing bus MCC 72C-F without an unnecessary transfer to the opposite division.

Time Delay (TD) Setting The time delay for the secondary undervoltage scheme must meet several acceptance criteria.

1. It should allow for the worse case motor starts (RHR and core spray).

2. It must not delay the ECCS injection timing.

3. It should be as short as possible to reduce equipment damage due to undervoltage.

Criterion 1: (TD should allow for the worse case motor starting transients at nominal voltages (RHR and core spray sequential starts)).

Large motor starts will drop the EDG voltage below the set point. The time delay must be long enough to prevent tripping for this transient. Based on preoperational testing, PRET R3000.003 (Ref. 8.2.23) performed on Division I EDGs on August 14, 1984, and Division II EDGs on August 18, 1984, it was concluded that the recovery time for the EDG voltage is as follows:

EDG 11 EDG 12 EDG 13 EDG 14 RHR Pump Start 0.6 sec 0.5 sec 0 .8 sec 1.0 sec CS Pump Start 0.3 sec 0.2 sec 0.3 sec 0.3 sec See Attachment D for EDGs test characteristics. For Criteria 1 the time delay has to be longer than one (1) second.

Criterion 2: (TD must not delay the ECCS injection timing.)

The time delay for the new relays must not delay the power availability for the ECCS injection. In the present design, there is a 5 second gap for the load sequencer (1-2714-35, Ref. 8.2.33 and 1-2714-36, Ref. 8.2.34) of EDG 12 (Division I) to pick up the swing bus load in case there is an EDG 14 failure. This 5 second period can be used to set the time delay for UV relays to detect any true degraded voltage condition. Therefore, the total delay can be as high as 5 seconds. The total time for ECCS injection is addressed in Safety Evaluation 89-0186 (Ref. 8.2.24).

Criterion 3: (TD should be as short as possible to reduce equipment damage due to undervoltage.)

The time delay shall be as short as possible to avoid damaging any QA-1 equipment since the QA-1 motors can withstand the locked motor current for 15 seconds, as per DC-6348, Vol. I (Ref. 8.2.38) and the motors under degraded voltage will move slower than normal or get stalled and, in either case, the motor will have more current than its full load current. Therefore, 15 seconds can be used as upper boundary. Time delay (TD) setting should be below 15 seconds.

Conclusion

• From Criteria 1 above, the TD for the degraded UV scheme has to be larger than one (1) second.

• From Criteria 2 above, the time delay can be as high as 5 seconds,

• From Criteria 3 above, the time delay has to be less than 15 seconds.

Undervoltage Relay Time Response The responding time for the undervoltage relay type (ITE-27) (Ref. 8.2.3) was calculated from the relay characteristic (Appendix B) and it varies between 0.2 to 1.3 seconds +/- 10 %, tolerance per Procedure 35.318.008 (ITE Voltage Relay Testing) (Ref. 8.2.39). Therefore, the response times are as follows:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 62

• Maximum response time for the undervoltage relay = 1.3+ 0.13 = 1.43 seconds.

• Minimum response time would be 0.2 - 0.02 = 0.18 seconds.

This was determined based on setting the time response for the UV relay at tap setting No. 1.

Total Time Delay for the Secondary Undervoltage Scheme The total time delay for the scheme should not exceed 5 seconds since the present design has a time delay of 5 seconds for the load sequencer of EDG 12 as shown above. The total time delay for the scheme consists of:

• Maximum response time is the UV relay response plus time delay relay.

• Minimum response time allowable will be the time needed to override a large motor start on the EDG.

The maximum responding time for the UV relay is 1.43 seconds. Therefore, the time delay relay time shall not exceed 5.0 - 1.43 = 3.57 seconds.

The minimum response time allowable will be the time needed to override a large motor start on the EDG. Per the PRET test results contained in EF2-72330 (Ref. 8.2.31), the longest RHR or core spray start is about 1 second.

Time Delay Relay Setting In order to meet all criteria requirements above, the total responding time for the time delay relay shall be more than 1 second and lower than 3.57 seconds.

Minimum Required Time: 1 second Margin 200% 2 seconds Setting Margin +/- 5%: 0.3 seconds (10% band)

TOTAL 3.3 seconds Use Upper Setting of 3.4 seconds Therefore the setting will be:

Lower Limit: 3.0 seconds Setpoint: 3.2 seconds Upper Limit: 3.4 seconds The total time maximum time delay will be: 3.4 + 1.43 = 4.83 seconds.

==

Conclusion:==

The time delay relay setting meets all the requirements above. Acceptance criteria for testing the resetting of the relay shall be specified on the relay setting sheet.

10.0 Acceptance Criteria The specific acceptance criteria of this calculation are contained within calculation Sections 3 and 9.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A SPage 63 APPENDIX A Page 1 of 2 EF-2-FSAR ITEM 222.31A Your response to Item 222.31 states that manual operator action is required to isolate the emergency buses from a degraded voltage condition. We find this to be unacceptable and require the installation of an automatically initiated protection scheme which shall satisfy the following criteria.

a. Class IE equipment shall be utilized and shall be physically located at and electrically connected to the emergency switchgear.

b. An independent scheme shall be provided for each Division of emergency power.

c. The selection of voltage and time delay set points shall be determined from an analysis of the voltage requirements of the safety-related loads at all onsite system distribution levels.

d. The time delay selected shall be based on the following conditions:

1. The allowable time delay, including margin, shall not exceed the maximum time delay associated with the availability of power that is assumed in the accident analysis;

2. The time delay shall minimize the effect of short duration disturbances from reducing the availability of the offsite power source(s); and

3. The allowable time duration of a degraded voltage condition at all distribution system voltage levels shall not result in failure of safety systems or components.

e. The voltage monitors shall automatically initiate the disconnection of offsite power sources by tripping the emergency bus feeder breaker whenever the voltage set point and time delay limits have been exceeded and the associated diesel generator shall be signaled to start and accept load.

f. The set points for this scheme shall be design dependent but should approximate the following envelopes:

1. Voltage set point between 87 and 90 % of nominal.

2. Time delay setting of between 6 and 10 seconds.

GED/259/4.21 030985

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 64 Page 2 of 2 APPENDIX A (CONT'D)

g. Capability for test and calibration during power operation shall be provided.

h. Annunciation must be provided in the control room for any bypasses incorporated in the design.

i. The technical specifications shall include limiting conditions for operation, surveillance requirements, and trip set points with minimum and maximum limits.

RESPONSE

Refer to revised Subsection 8.2.2.5 of the FSAR.

GED/259/4.22 040385

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 65 APPENDIX B Page 1 of 1 LPCI Swing Bus Relay Error The tables below detail the instrument accuracy for the elements associated with the LPCI Swing Bus Relays.

Per normal engineering practice and C1-4180 (Ref. 8.2.1) the ALT is normally set equal to VA. By output of this calculation, the calibration procedures will be revised to set ALT = VA.

Relay Errors and Tolerances In 120V: Units a Source Errors in % of setting are taken at 120V to bound all possible settings VA = Repeatability = 0.2 V 0.2 V 2 8.1.2 PSE = Control Pwr Effect = 0.2 V per 10V change in control voltage. 0.67 V 2 8.1.2 Taken over 105 to 138.5 V: PSE = (138.5 - 105V)

• 0.2V / 1OV 8.1.13 ATEK = Temp Effect = 0.5V from 20-40 C, extend to 49 C: 0.725 V 2 8.1.2 ATEK = (0.5 V)*(49 - 20)°C / (40 - 20)°C 8.1.5 ALT = VA (new) 0.2 V 3 -

Potential Transformers Accuracy Class 0.3% [3 a], for max burden use 1.2% 1.2  % 3 8.2.2 PEA = (1.2%*120/100)*2/3 0.96 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Calibration Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

CX = SQRT(CLI^2 + CLO^2) = CLI 0.108 V 3 App. H EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.2 V 3 -

CC = (2/3)*SQRT((5/4)*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.15575 V 2 -

LC = SQRT(CC1A2 + CC 2^2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.15575 V 2 -

Relay Voltage Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1)

AK = 2*SQRT((VA/VA)^2 + (ATEK/OATEK)^2 + (PSE/OPSE)^2) 1.00724 V 2 -

LAK = AK 1.00724 V 2 -

LD = 0.5%*Setpoint = 0.5%*120V 0.6 V 2 5.2 Voltage Channel Error Calculation (Equations per C1-4180, Ref. 8.2.1) In 480 V EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2 + PEA^2) 1.15161 V 1.645 4.606 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LC^2 + LD^2 + PEA^2) 1.25290 V 1.645 5.012 Note: All error values are +/-

In  % of at Relay LPCI Swing Bus Relay Settings 480 V: 480 V 120 V Max Reset = max SP/0.995 463.54 96.57 115.89 Reset (increasing) 0.5% above SP (Reset = SP/0.995) 458.50 95.52 114.63 Max Possible actuation of NTSP 461.22 96.09 115.31 NTSP (decreasing) 456.21 95.04 114.05 Min NTSP > LOL + (1.645/2)*SQRT(LATA2 + LD^2 + LC^2 + PEA^2) 456.21 95.04 114.05 Lower Operating Limit (LOL) = Min possible actuation of Operate Setpt 451.20 94.00 112.80 New As-Left Tolerance ALT = +0.2 V

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 66 APPENDIX F Page 1 of 10 120 KV Division 1 Parameters required for Grid Adequacy Study AG80 Fermi Degraded Grid Relays Monitor Voltage at 120 kV bus values used 120 kV bus values to Listed in previous year study be used in current values year study Acceptable System Service Monitored SS64 SS64 Time to Separate from Grid if Voltage goes to 0 V 2 seconds seconds Percentage of Nominal Voltage (on low side of SS < 96.9% V < %V transformer) and Time for > 44.0 sec for > sec Required to Cause Separation from Grid (timer start to trip)

Reset Voltage to reset UV Relays 99.8% V %V Approximate Equivalent Percentage of Nominal Voltage on < 96.4 % <  %

the Grid Bus Required to Cause Separation from Grid > 99.3 % to reset  % to reset Percentage of Nominal Voltage (on low side of SS < 98% <  %

transformer) which will Cause Sensor to Alarm Percentage of Nominal Voltage (on low side of SS <73% <  %

transformer) which will trigger primary Under-voltage relay to separate bus from the grid Alarm Equivalent Percentage of Nominal Voltage on the < 101 % <  %

Grid Bus Required to Cause Sensor to Alarm LOCA loading from DC-5003, Vol.I (Ref. 8.2.32) 5.803 MW and MW and 2.636 Mvar Mvar Critical System Service Loads Simulated: 22.958 MW and MW and 16.066 Mvar Mvar SS64: 12.479 MW SS64: MW and 6.073 Mvar and Mvar Verify that the provide Divisional Loading bounds the real YES time loading plus LOCA loading SS64 Transformer Tap -5% 15.54/4.16kV  % 15.54/4.16kV Prepared by: Print: Sign: Date:

Reviewed by: Print: Sign: Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 67 APPENDIX F Page 2 of 10 Assumptions required for Grid Adequacy Study AG80 The case used for the study are to be modeled to simulate load levels and generation dispatch to correlate to the expected conditions for the year that the study is performed.

At least Four (4) cases will be built and used during the study. If further cases are required to verify system stability then the study model will be expanded to address all issues.

Based on the known system requirements the four cases will be sufficient. The Fermi 120kV peaking generation was modeled offline in all four cases, to stress the area conditions.

The four cases are as follows:

• The first case, will be summer peak case with the expected full generation dispatch was modeled and is designated Case 100N (normal).

• The second case will be summer peak load, but with several nearby generators modeled out of service (Monroe 2, Trenton Channel 9 & Whiting 3 off). This case was built to stress the voltage conditions in the Fermi area and is designated Case 100S (stressed).

• The third case will be based on the original peak case, 100N, Case 100EF represents E. Fermi 2 unit offline.

• The fourth case will be an 80% (conforming load scaled down only) ITCT/Michigan Electric Transmission Company (METC) load case, with an economic order generation reduction. This will be the system condition ITCT uses to test transient stability, since reduced load and reduced generation is the most severe for transient stability.

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 68 APPENDIX F Page 3 of 10 Main Turbine Generator Parameters PTI PSSIE DYNAMIC MODEL DESCRIPTION PTI - POWER TECHNOLOGIES- If,TERNATIONAL is the company which devel,pis the PSSIE so--ftwvare PSStE - THE POWER SI ILATION FOR ENGINEERING so,ftw.%are s use ýin RFC DMW,,AG base cases for ITU)METC areas

'YITEM GENERATOR MODEL GEN ROU Ruunf] rotor generator model (Quadratic Saturation)

T'DO D-axis transient rotor time constant, second 7HDO D-axis sub-transient rotor time con stant, second T'00 Q-axis transient rotor time constant, second TOO0 Q-axis SUb-transient rotor time constant, second H Inertia constant, second D Speed damping factor, pLI XD D-axis synchronous reactance, pLI XQ 0-axis synchronous reactance, pu X'D D-axis transient reactance, pu XIO Q-axis transien t reactance, pu XU D=X11Q D-axis SUb-transient reactance, pL XL Stator leakage reactance, pu S(i1.0) Saturation factor at 1-0 pui flux S(1.2) Saturation factor at 1.2 PLI flux R<d +

I -~'

'dd L'L P1,

ýL'd-LU) Lt2 d-AIIS

~ id 4

Ladq ifdL 44 I3drlcl ~ d~i ucil Ldl-LI Prepared by: Print: Sign: Date:

Reviewed by: Print: Sign: Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 69 APPENDIX F Page 4 of 10 Main Turbine Generator Parameters EXCITATION SYSTEM MODEL IEEET1 1968 IEEE type 1 excitation system model TR Transducer time constant, second KA Voltage regulator gain TA Voltage regulator time constant, second VRMAX Maximum control element output, pu VRMIN Minimum control element output, pu KE Exciter field resistance line slop margin, pu TE >0, exciter field time constant, second KF Rate feedback gain, pu TF >0, rate feedback time constant, second SWITCH Required entry of zero E1 Exciter flux at knee of curve, pu S(E1) Saturation factor at knee E2 Maximum exciter flux, pu S(E2) Saturation factor at maximum flux

- ( -- Kg ,JJ I Sign: Date:

by: Print:

ate :

Reviewed by:

Reviewed D Print: ^g^_______

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 70 APPENDIX F Page 5 of 10 Main Turbine Generator Parameters excitation system ESST1A 1992 IEEE Type ST1A Excitation System, a potential source controlled recrified-exciter input to forward path UEL 1 - VUEL voltage output of alternate UnderExcitation Limiter as the voltage summing input to the forward path HV* gate 2 - VUEL voltage output of alternate UnderExcitation Limiter as the voltage error signal HV* gate 3 - VUEL voltage output of alternate UnderExcitation Limiter as the gate input to the controller output of alternate PSS as the voltage summing input to forward path VOS I - VOTHSG voltage HV*gate 2 - VOTHSG voltage output of alternate PSS as the voltage summing input to the controller TR Filter time constant, second VIMAX Maximum error signal, pu VIMIN Minimum error signal, pu TC Forward path lead time constant, second TB Forward path lag time constant, second TC1 Forward path lead time constant, second TB1 forward path lag time constant, second KA Voltage regulator gain TA Voltage regulator time constant, second VAMAX Maximum control element output, pu VAMIN Minimum control element output, pu VRMAX Maximum controller output, pu VRMIN Minimum controller output, pu KC Excitation system regulation factor, pu KF Rate feedback gain TF >0, rate feedback time constant, second KLR The gain of the field crrent limiter, pu ILR The star current setting of the field current limiter VUEL VUEL UFL-I - Aitemate UEL

- -t" - - l UEt*pt- - - - -

VOT'tG UEL =2 VOTIHS VOS-1 / A-ltenIae _ VOS=2 VAMAX VU + TVfVMAX - KCIFD VEF VAL[MIN VF H DKi A 01fTF-1 LR to the larger of the voltage reguator and UEL High-value gate (HV) is an auctioneering circuit which gives control Prepared by: Print: Sign: Date:

Reviewed by: Print: Sign: Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 71 APPENDIX F Page 6 of 10 Main Turbine Generator Parameters DYNAMIC MODELS AND DATA IN AREA 219 ITC Generator BUS NAME EXPANDED BUS NAME UNIT ID KV UNIT MVA BASE TDOO T"O T'Q0 T'0 H GENROU 2.44 ,ENF P ENRICO FERM 2 1 22.0 1360.0 8.600 0.046 1. ~ 0.068 4.990 DAMP X XQ XD XQQ X"D* XL S(1.01 S(1.2) 1.0 2 01d .8700 0.76 .2740 0.* 0 2400 0.1100 .4800 Excitation System*

BUS NAME EXPANDED BUS NAME UNIT ID KV UNIT MVA BASE UEL* VOS* TR VIMAX VIMIN ESST1A ENRICO FERM 2 1 22.0 .

1350.0 1 0.08 00908 -0.077 2'4:P4 9ENFPP TC TB TC1 TB1 KA TA VAMAX VAMIN VRMAX VRMIN KC KF 1.000 1.830 0.00 0.330 110.000 0.0 5.430 -4.620 5.420 -4.02 .0 DD 0.00D S

Modifed by Ming Wu in ITC accorig t- updated data faro Joseph Caffrey in OTE &'2a2008 Assumearby Ming Wu in TC, see DYNAMIC MODEL DESCRIPTION sheetk fr flher explanafon 2a'2008 Sign: Date:

Prepared by: Print:

Sign: Date:

Reviewed by: Print:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 72 APPENDIX F Page 7 of 10 Fermi 2 Peaker Parameters PTI PSSIE DYNAMIC MODEL DESCRIPTION PTI - POWER TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL is the cor-qatmy hhdeve'npa h P"jSfE so'.tv;are PSSIE - THE POWER SYSTEM. c-'MILATION FOR ENGINEERCING soft are .,. use;d in RFC D~'AY,!G base cases for ITUIMETC areas GENERATOR MODEL GENROU Round rotor generator mo del (QUadratic Saturation)

T'DO D-axis transient rotor time constanit, second T"DO D-axis sub-transient rotor time constant, second TOO0 Q-axis transient rotor time constant, second T"00 Q-axis SUIb-transient rotor time constan t, second H Inertia constant, second D Speed damping factor, pLI XD U-axis synchronous reactance, pu XQ 0-axis synchronouis reactance, pui KID D-axis transient reactance, pu X1a 0-axis transient reactance, PLI X"D=x11Q D-axis SUIb-transient reactance, PLI XL Stator leakage reactance, PLI S(-1.0) Saturation factor at '1-0 pLI flUX S(1 .2) Saturation factor at 1-2 pLI flUX Efd~FT3/4-'dF _- I-]- P jJL I

+ ~ PtAI L [-pnc d an Pkdetal uacii +

PEpard by: Prnt Sign Date:

Reviewe by:-rPrint: Sign Dae

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 73 APPENDIX F Page 8 of 10 Fermi 2 Peaker Parameters EXCITATION SYSTEM MODEL EXST1 1981 IEEE type ST1 excitation system model TR Filter time constant, second VIMAX Maximum error, pu VIMIN Minimum error, pu TC Lead time constant, second TB Lag time constant, second KA Gain TA Time constant, second VRMAX Maximum controller output, pu VRMIN Minimum controller output, pu KC Excitation system regulation factor, pu KF Rate feedback gain TF >0, Rate feedback time constant, second E "

Prepared by: Print: Sign: Date:

Reviewed by: Print: Sign: Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 74 APPENDIX F Page 9 of 10 Fermi 2 Peaker Parameters TURBINE GOVERNOR MODEL GAST Gas turbine-governor model R Speed droop Ti >0, Governor mechanism time constant, second T2 >0, turbine power time constant, second T3 >0, turbine exhaust temperature time constant, second AT Ambient temperature load limit KT Temperature limiter gain VMAX Maximum turbine power, pu of mvacap VMIN Minimum turbine power, pu of mvacap DT Turbine damping coefficient, pu La*r; -- ,-----. d--imi

& i --

Prepared by: Print: Sign: Date:

Reviewed Reviewed by:

by: Print:

Print:_________ Sign:

Sign:______ Date:

Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 75 APPENDIX F Page 10 of 10 Fermi 2 Peaker Parameters DYNAMIC MODELS AND DATA IN AREA 219 ITC Generator GENROU BUS NAME EXPANDED BUS NAME UNIT ID KV UJNIT MVA BASE T'DO 264558 19ENFPP ENRICO FERMI 11-1 4 11 13.8 75.2%- 5-00 T"DO T'QO T"QO H1 DAMP XD XQ X'D X,Q X"D XL S(1.0)" S(l.2)-

0.03 '1.00 0.05 6.00 0.0 1.8000 1ý7000 0.2700 0.4500 0.2500 0.1900 0,1250 0,3974 Excitation System EXSTI BUS NAME EXPANDED BUS NAME UNIT ID KV UNIT MVA BASE TR 264558 1!aENFPP ENRICO FERMI 1i-i - 11-4 11 13.8 75.29- 0.0 VIMAX VIMIN TC TB KA TA VRMAX VRMIN KC KF TF 9W.0 -9H9.0 1.0 110.0 100.0 0.1 5.0 010 0.0 0.0 10.0 Turbine Governor GAST BUS NAME EXPANDED BUS NAME, UNITID KV UNIT MVA BASE R 264558 19ENFPP ENRICO FERMI 11-1 4 11 13.8 75.2%6 0.05 TI T2 T3 AT KT VMIAX VIMIN DT 0.40 0.0 3-00 11.0f) 2.00 1.00O 0.00 0.00

• ~Modified by Ming Wu in ITC on 09/08/08 based on the reactive power CUrves provcided by DTE.

The rating MVA should be (4 x 18824)=75.296 MVA and will change this data on MMVVG32009 series cases in 2009 Prepared by: Print: Sg:Date:

Reviewed by: Print: Sign: Date:

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 76 APPENDIX G Page 1 of 1 EDG Start Time Delay Relay Error The maximum error associated with the EDG start relays is determined because this value is used to reduce the 13 second LOCA EDG start time to determine the upper time Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage LOCA timer setpoint. Although the EDG start timer relay is not in the Tech Spec, for conservatism, the standard methodology from C1-4180 is applied to determine the error associated with this breaker, and the resultant maximum and minimum time delays. In the determination of EDG timer relay error, the ALT for the EDG timer is conservatively increased from its existing +/-0.05 seconds to a more realistic +/-VA/2.

EDG Start Timer Relays Agastat E7012PB Div I Buses 64B & 64C: 1MU62 & 1MV62 Div II Buses 65E & 65F: 1 MW62 & 1MX62 Worst case RHR motor 2250 hp Time Delay Error and Tolerance Units a Setpt 4.7 sec VAT = 5% of setting ( 0.235 sec 3 ALT = 0.05 sec (Cal Proc), change to VAT/2 0.1175 sec 3 Relay Time Calibration Error Calculation CX = SQRT(CLIA2 + CLOA2) = CLIT 0.00068 sec 3 EP = ALT if ALT> CX, otherwise larger 0.118 sec 3 EP = CX if ALT < CX 0.00068 3 CC = (2/3)*SQRT(2*CXA2 + EPA2) 0.07834 sec 2 LC = SQRT(CC1A2 + CC2A2+ ... + CCnA2) = CC 0.07834 sec 2 Relay Time Error Calculation AK = 2*(VA/oVA) 0.157 sec 2 LAK= AK 0.157 sec 2 LD = 0.5%*STPT (assumed) 0.024 sec 2 Time Channel Error Calculation EAV = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2) 0.1441 sec 1.645 CIEK = (1.645/2)*SQRT(LAKA2 + LCA2 + LD^2) 0.1454 sec 1.645 Max setpoint actuation 4.8454 sec Setpt + ALT 4.8175 NTSP (increasing) 4.7000 sec Setpt - ALT 4.5825 Min Setpoint actuation 4.5546 sec LOCA Time Limit for Diesel Start 13.0000 sec Time margin left for DV LOCA Timer (apply as lower ALim for DV LOCA Relay) 8.1546 sec Reduced by the two 0.09 second delays. 7.9746 sec Note: All error values are +/-

UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SETPOINTS DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Page 77 APPENDIX H Page 1 of 1 Measurement & Test Equipment (M&TE) Error The error associated with the use of the Measurement and Test Equipment in the calibration of the undervoltage and time delay relays is determined for use in Sections 9.1 and 9.3.

Calibration Equipment (M&TE) Error Agilent 34401A Multimeter (Input 8.1.8) Std Dev RDG (120 bounds all possible readings) 120 V RES (LSD) 0.0001 V 3 RANGE 120 V VA = 0.06% of RDG + 0.03% of range 0.10800 V 3 TE (18 to 28 C) N/A CLI = SQRT(VAA2 + RESA2) 0.10800 V 3 Digital Timer SST-9203 - for LOV and DV w/ LOCA (Input 8.1.4)

RDG (9 bounds LOV reading and LOCA reading) 9 sec RES (LSD) 0.0001 sec 3 VA = larger of LSD or 0.005% RDG 0.005% RDG 0.00045 sec 2 CLI = SQRT(VAA2 + RESA2) 0.00068 sec 3 Digital Timer SST-9203 - for Degraded Voltage w/o LOCA (Input 8.1.14)

RDG (bounds maximum non-LOCA readings) 50 sec RES (LSD) 0.0001 sec 3 VA = larger of LSD or 0.005% RDG 0.005% RDG 0.0025 sec 2 CLI 0.00375 sec 3

AI IB 18.4.7-2 SIssue E INSTRUCTIONS Single-Phase Voltage Relays UNDERVOLTAGE RELAYS and OVERVOLTAGE RELAYS TYPE 27, TYPE 27D, TYPE 27H Catalog Series 211 Standard Case TYPE 27, TYPE 27D, TYPE 27H Catalog Series 411 Test Case TYPE 59D, TYPE 59H Catalog Series 211 Standard Case TYPE 59D, TYPE 59H Catalog Series 411 Test Case ABB POWER T&D COMPANY INC.

ALLENTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 1 of 15

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction.................. Page 2 Precautions ................... Page 2 Placing Relay into Service....Page 2 Application Data..............Page 3 Testing ....................... Page 13 INTRODUCTION These instructions contain the information required to properly install, operate, and test certain ABB Circuit-ShieldTM single-phase undervoltage and overvoltage relays, Types 27, 270, 27H, 59D, and 59H. See the section on Testing for single-phase voltage relays covered by earlier issues of this instruction book.

The relay is housed in a case suitable for conventional semiflush panel mounting.

All connections to the relay are made at the rear of the case and are clearly numbered. Relays of the 411B, 411R, and 411C catalog series are similar to relays of the 2118, 211R, and 211C series. Both series provide the same basic functions and are of totally drawout construction; however, the 411B, 411R, and 411C series relays provide integral test facilities. Also, sequenced disconnects on the 411 series pre-vent nuisance operation during withdrawal or insertion of the relay if the normally-open contacts are used in the application.

Most settings are made on the front panel of the relay, behind a removable clear plastic cover. The target is reset by means of a pushbutton extending through the relay cover.

PRECAUTIONS The following precautions should be taken when applying these relays:

1. Incorrect wiring may result in damage. Be sure wiring agrees with the connection diagram for the particular relay before energizing. Important: connections for the 411 catalog series units are different from the 211 series units.

2. Apply only the rated control voltage marked on the relay front panel. The proper polarity must be observed when the dc control power connections are made.

3. For relays with dual-rated control voltage, withdraw the relay from the case and check that the movable link on the printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage.

4. High voltage insulation tests are not recommended. See the section on testing for additional information.

5. The entire circuit assembly of the relay is removable. The unit should insert smoothly. Do not use excessive force.

6. Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order.

CAUTION: since troubleshooting entails working with energized equipment, care should be taken to avoid personal shock. Only competant technicians familiar with good safety practices should service these devices.

PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE

1. RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORAGE Upon receipt of the relay (when not included as part of a switchboard) examine for shipping damage. If damage or loss is evident, file a claim at once and promptly notify Asea Brown Boveri. Use normal care in handling to avoid mechanical damage.

Keep clean and dry.

DC-0919Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 2 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 18.4.7.-2 Page 3

2. INSTALLATION Mounting:

The outline dimensions and panel drilling and cutout information is given in Fig. 1.

Connections:

Internal connections are shown on page 7. Typical external connections are shown in Figure 2. Important: connections are different for 411B, 411R, and 411C series units compared to 211B, 211R, and 211C units. Control power must be connected in the proper polarity.

For relays with dual-rated control power: before energizing, withdraw the relay from its case and inspect that the movable link on the lower printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage. (For units rated 110vdc, the link should be placed in the position marked 125vdc.)

Relays rated for use with 120vac control power have an internal isolation transformer connected to relay terminals 7 and 8. Polarity of the ac control power to these terminals need not be observed.

These relays have metal front panels which are connected through printed circuit board runs and connector wiring to a terminal at the rear of the relay case. The terminal is marked "G". In all applications this terminal should be wired to ground.

3. SETTINGS PICKUP (VOLTS)

The pickup taps are labelled by the actual value of ac input voltage which will cause the relay to operate. Note: operating voltage values other than the specific values provided by the taps can be obtained by means of an internal adjustment potentiometer. See section on testing for setting procedure.

On these relay models there is no adjustment for the differential between the operate and reset voltage values.

TIME DIAL The time dial taps are identified as 1,2,3,4,5,6. Refer to the time-voltage charac-teristic curves in the Application section. Time dial selection is not provided on relays with an Instantaneous operating characteristic.

4. INDICATORS Target:

An operation target is provided. The target is set electronically when the output contacts transfer. The target will retain its indication on loss of dc control power. In order to reset the target, normal dc control power must be present and a "normal" ac voltage condition must exist; in other words, for an undervoltage relay the voltage must be higher than the set point, and for overvoltage relays, lower.

APPLICATION DATA The ABB Circuit-ShieldTM single-phase voltage relays covered by this instruction book provide a wide range of application including undervoltage protection for motors, over and undervoltage protection for generators, and automatic bus transfer. The relays provide good accuracy and repeatability, and have a flat response over a frequency range of 15 to 400 hertz.

Undervoltage Relay, Type 27, catalog series 211B, 211R, 411B. and 411R:

Typical applications include general purpose undervoltage protection for incoming lines, and initiation of transfer in automatic bus transfer schemes.

Typical external connections are shown in Figures 2.

The relay has an inverse time curve as shown in TVC-605817.

DC-0919 Vol IDCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 3 of 15

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 4 Undervoltage Relay, Type 27D, catalog series 211B, 211R, 411B and 411R:

Typical applications include the initiation of transfer in automatic bus transfer schemes.

Typical external connections are shown in Figure 3.

The Type 27D relay has a definite-time characteristic with 2 ranges available: 0.1-1 second and 1-10 seconds, as shown in TVC-605820 and TVC-605821.

Undervoltage Relays, Type 27H, catalog series 211B, 211R, 411B, 411R:

Typical applications include instantaneous undervoltage detection for bus transfer schemes, and for generator intertie schemes. The low range relay is used as a residual voltage detector in motor bus transfer schemes.

Typical connections are shwon in Figure 3.

The relay has an instantaneous operating time as shown in TVC-605819.

Overvoltage Relays, Type 59H and Type 59D, catalog series 211C and 411C:

These instantaneous and definite time overvoltage relays are companions to the Type 27H and Type 27D undervoltage relays, and offer similar characteristics where overvoltage protection is required.

The time voltage characteristic for the Type 59D is given in TVC-605839. For the Type 59H the maximum operating time above 1.05 times pickup is 16 milliseconds.

Notes on the Use of AC Control Power In general the use of a station battery to provide a reliable source of tripping and control power is preferred. However, many of the relay types described in this IB are available for use with 120 vac control power. The output contacts may be used in a 120 vac circuit or in a capacitor trip circuit where the capacitor voltage is no more than 170 vdc nominal. (Consult factory if the higher rating is required: "-CAP" catalog suffix.) The control power for these relays should never be taken from a capacitor trip circuit as the voltage is too high and the relay will drain the capacitor in the event of loss of AC supply.

Type 27 and Type 27D Undervoltage Relays used with 120 vac control power in the "self-powered" mode, with both signal and control power taken from the same source, will not maintain their timing characteristics if the voltage drops below approximately 65 volts. The relay will trip immediately. If this characteristic is undesirable for a particular application, the Type 27H instantaneous relay should be used followed by a pneumatic timer with time delay on dropout. A contact from the timer would be used to trip. The timer would be picked up by a contact of the Type 27H under "normal" line conditions. With undervoltage or loss of voltage, the timer would time out and close its contact in the tripping circuit. If the voltage loss were momentary, the timer would allow riding through the loss without tripping.

This arrangement thus makes the time delay independent of control power and retains the benefits of accurate voltage sensing provided by the Type 27H relay.

DC-0919Vol I DCD1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 4 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 18.4.7-2 Page 5 SPECIFICATIONS Input Circuit:

Rating: 160V, 50/60 Hz. continuous.

300V, 10 seconds.

Burden: 1.2 VA, 1.0 pf at 120 volts.

Taps: available models include:

Types 27, -27D, -27H : 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110v Types 27D, -27H: 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55v 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30v Types 59D, -59H: 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150v 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 90v Differential between Operate and Reset Voltages:

Type 27: less than 0.5 percent.

Types 27D, -27H, ITE-59D, -59H: approximately 3 percent.

Operating Time: See Time-Voltage characteristic curves that follow.

Output Circuit:

Each contact @ 125 Vdc: 30 ampere tripping duty.

5 ampere continuous.

0.3 ampere break.

Operating Temperature Range: -30 to +70 deg. C.

Control Power:

Models available for 48/125 vdc @ 0.08 A max.

48/110 vdc @ 0.08 A max.

24/ 32 vdc @ 0.08 A max.

120 vac 50/60 Hz. @ 0.08 A.

Allowable variation: 24vdc nominal: 19- 29 vdc 32vdc " 25- 38 48vdc " 38- 58 110vdc "88-125 125vdc " 100-140 120vac "95-135 vac Tolerances: Operating Voltage: +/- 5% These tolerances are based on the Operating Time: +/-10% printed dial markings. By using the calibration procedures given later in this book, the relay may be set precisely to the desired values of operating voltage and delay with excellent repeatability.

Repeatability: variation in operating voltage for a 10 volt variation in control voltage: 0.2 volt, typical.

variation in operating voltage over the temperature range 20-40 deg C: 0.5 volt, typical.

Dielectric Strength:

1500 vac, 50/60 Hz., all circuits to ground.

Seismic Capability:

More that 6g ZPA biaxial broadband multifrequency vibration without damage or malfunction. (ANSI C37.98-1978)

DC-0919Vol I DCD 1 Rev.A Attachment B Page 5 of 15

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 6 8.250 6,875 1.187 .5 6562 174.63 30.16 P. N 166.69 .5 1__---lT ^L -- ^

4.e75 123.83 619 DIMENSIONS ARE INC o a-FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW 9

(4)'* DIA HOLES PANEL CUTOUT1 3.667 '0 0li0[l e>

-~ .6 lR rL i 621 R2.O FTI12i2I10o8 1211 to9 6 7 3.187 STUD NUMBERS STUD NUMBERI 80.96 (BACK VIEW) ($AC Vew )

6.625 168.28 16 point block 12 point block Figure 1: Relay Outline and Drilling aa .s..rcos.. e.

.)4 " +

S. CONTR DL CO NTR OL Y POWER PnHER SOURCE TC 'B ..

Figure 2: Typical External Connections Note: Refer to Internal Connection Diagrams and Contact Logic Chart on page 7 to select the specific terminal numbers for the output contact ("X" and "Y") for the particular relay being used. Additionally, a table has been provided on page 15 as a cross-reference.

DC-0919 Vol IDCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 6 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays 1B 18.4.7-2 Page 7 INTERNAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS AND OUTPUT CONTACT LOGIC The following tables and diagrams define the output contact states under all possible conditions of the measured input voltage and the control power supply. "AS SHOWN" means that the contacts are in the state shown on the internal connection diagram for the relay being considered. "TRANSFERRED" means the contacts are in the opposite state to that shown on the internal connection diagram.

FOR DIAGRAM 12D211C Condition Contact State Cat. Series: 211Rxxx5 211BXX65 211Cxxx5 Normal control Power As Shown As Shown As Shown AC Input Voltage Below Setting Normal Control Power Transferred Transferred Transferred AC Input Voltage Above Setting No Control Voltage Transferred As Shown As Shown FOR DIAGRAM 16D210A Condition Contact State Cat. Series: 411Rxxx5 411Bxx65 411CXxX5 Normal Control Power Transferred Transferred As Shown AC Input Voltage Below Setting Normal Control Power As Shown As Shown Transferred AC Input Voltage Above Setting No Control Voltage As Shown Transferred As Shown Single-Phase Voltage Relays Single-Phase Voltage Relays

+ 16D218A Std.

12D211C Std.

12DC Case Std. or Test Case 5- 3 2 1 8 1 5 3I 02 01

- +

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 7 of 15

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 8 CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON UNITS The following chart gives the basic characteristics of various Circuit-ShieldTM single-phase voltage relays from their catalog number breakdown. The relay catalog number will always be found on the front panel of the relay. Do not interpret this chart as a way to specify a relay for purchase as not all combinations are available. For new projects refer to current catalog pages for the latest listing of standard relays, or contact the factory.

2 1 1 R 1 1 7 5 BASIC FUNCTION AND PACKAGE STYLE -- - - - - --

211 Single-phase voltage relay in Standard Case 411 Single-phase voltage relay in Test Case RELAY TYPE AND FUNCTION B TYPES 27, -27D, -27H Undervoltage Relay with Type II contact logic C TYPES 59, -59D, -59H Overvoltage Relay D TYPE 27/59 Under/Overvoltage Relay (obsolete, replaced by 410D series)

E TYPE 59G Ground Voltage Relay (obsolete, replaced by 210E/410E series)

L TYPE 27/59 Undervoltage Relay (obsolete, replaced by TYPE 27N)

Q TYPE 27G 180 Hz. Undervoltage Relay (obsolete, replaced by 410Q)

R TYPES 27, -270, -27H Undervoltage Relay with Type I logic TIME DELAY CHARACTERISTIC 1 Inverse Time Delay Characteristic 4 Definite Time Characteristic 1-10 second range 6 Definite Time Characteristic 0.1-1 second range 0 Instantaneous Characteristic VOLTAGE TAP RANGE 1 Standard Range: Types 27,-27D,-27H = 60-110v; Types 59,-59D,-59H = 100-150v; Type 59G = 3-18v 2 Low Range: Types 27D,-27H = 30-55v; Types 59D,-59H = 60-90v, Type 27G = 1-12v; Type 59G = 1-6v 5 Special Range: Types 27D,-27H = 15-30v CONTROL VOLTAGE 6 120 vac 7 48/125 vdc OUTPUT CONTACTS 9 24/ 32 vdc 1 2 normally open 0 48/110 vdc 5 2 form C DC-0919Vol IDCD 1 Rev.A Attachment B Page 8 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 18.4.7-2 Page 9 TIME-VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS VOLTAGE TAP SETTINGS 60, 70, 80, 90, 100,110 616 14 TIME TAPS

---

0__

12 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1,0 MULTIPLES OFTAP ETTlNG T m ABB Circuit-Shield TYPE 27 UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY INVERSE (Medium Time)

MAY 1, 1975 TVC-06817 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B B Page 9 Page 9 of of 15 15

TIME-VOITAGE CHARACTERISTICS TIME-VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS 112.0 1 60.0

> TIME (0 TIME TAPS TAPS 0.8 -------- -

8.0

_ 1 5 <0

- I (Lo o

0.4 a3 S? -_ __ 0 SC1 co I - _3 I 3 EE CO 2.0 - 1. 4-0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 SMULTIPLES OF TAPSETTING MULTIPLES Of TAPSETTING ABB Circuit-ShieldTH TYPE 27D UNDERVOLTAGE SABB RELAY Circuit-ShieldTN TYPE 27D UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY DEFINITE TIME (Medium)

DEFINITE TIME (Short)

I SCatalog Catalog Series 211x6xxx and 411x6xxx Series 211x4xxx and 411x4xxx Fo c0 I MAY 1, 1975 TVC-605820 MAY 1, 1975 TVC-605821 ca (al

0) iI I

" iL I

OYERVOLTAGE RELAY TIM[-VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS TIME-VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS ABB Circuit-ShieldTm TYPE 59D OVERVOLTAGE RELAY DEFINITE TIME 1.2 50VOL.TAGE TAPSETTINGS 6D.70.8D. 90. 100. 11 b CD 11 30,35,40,4,50.55 55 D)5 TIME 535 (aC 30 I (D (5D.

2. 0.6I 0 ~4 03-* ~ 902E 20I (D 0.4D 5MAXCIMUM_________

10 2

01 0 0.2 0C4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.8 2.0 MULTIPLES OP TAPSETIKS 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 DIFTAPSEITIIIG MULTIPLES ABB Gircuit-ShieldT" TYPE 27H UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY SHORT TIME Catalog Series 211C6xxx and 411C6xxx TIME DELAY AS SHOWN Instantaneous MEDIUM TIME Catalog Series 211C4xxx and 411C4xxx MULTIPLY TIME DELAY SHOWN BY 10 MAY 1, 1975 TVI 101

ýMAY 1, 1ý975 ý TrC.0.8.. to*

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 12 TESTING

1. MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL PARTS No routine maintenance is required on these relays. Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order. We recommend that an inoperative relay be returned to the factory for repair; however, a schematic diagram, and in some cases a circuit description, can be provided on request. Renewal parts will be quoted by the factory on request.

There are many earlier versions of these single-phase voltage relays which are now obsolete and have been superseded. If you have a relay which has its front panel stamped with Instruction Book IB 18.4.7-2, but which is not covered by this Issue E of the book, you should request Issue D from the factory. Also see paragraph 6 on obsolete relays.

211 Series Units Drawout circuit boards of the same catalog number are interchangible. A unit is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom side of the drawout circuit board.

The board is removed by using the metal pull knobs on the front panel. Removing the board with the unit in service may cause an undesired operation.

An 18 point extender board (cat 200X0018) is available for use in troubleshooting and calibration of the relay.

411 Series Units Metal handles provide leverage to withdraw the relay assembly from the case. Removing the unit in an application that uses a normally closed contact will cause an operation. The assembly is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom of the circuit board.

Test connections are readily made to the drawout relay unit by using standard banana plug leads at the rear vertical circuit board. This rear board is marked for easier identification of the connection points.

A test plug assembly, catalog 400X0002 is available for use with the 411 series units. This device plugs into the relay case on the switchboard and allows access to all external circuits wired to the case. See Instruction Book IB 7.7.1.7-8 for details on the use of this device.

2. HIGH POTENTIAL TESTS High potential tests are not recommended. A hi-pot test was performed at the factory before shipping. If a control wiring insulation test is required, partially withdraw the relay unit from its case sufficient to break the rear connections before applying the test voltage.

3. BUILT-IN TEST FUNCTION Be sure to take all necessary precautions if tests are run with the main circuit energized.

The built-in test is provided as a convenient functional test of the relay and assoc-iated circuit. When you depress the button labelled TRIP, the measuring and timing circuits of the relay are actuated. When the relay times out, the output contacts transfer to trip the circuit breaker or other associated circuitry, and the target is displayed. The test button must be held down continuously until operation is obtained. For the undervoltage relays, the timing is equivilent to that for a complete loss of voltage.

DC-0919Vol I DCD1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 12 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 18.4.7-2 Page 13

4. ACCEPTANCE TESTS Follow calibration procedures under paragraph 5. On inverse or definite-time relays, select Time Dial #3. For undervoltage relays check timing by dropping voltage from 120 to 0 volts. For overvoltage relays check timing by increasing voltage to 150%

of pickup. Tolerances should be within +/-5% for pickup and +/-10% for timing.

Calibration may be adjusted to the final settings required by the application at this time.

5. CALIBRATION A typical test circuit is shown in Figure 3. Connect the relay to a proper source of control voltage to match its nameplate rating and internal plug setting for dual-rated units. The ac test source should be harmonic-free. Sources using ferro-reso-nant-transformer regulators should not be used due to high harmonic content.

For relays with time delay, the time-dial tap pin should be placed in position #1 (fastest) when checking pickup and dropout voltages. The voltage should be varied slowly to remove the effect of the time delay from the voltage measurements.

Pickup may be varied between the fixed tap values by adjusting the internal pickup calibration potentiometer. For 211 series units the 18 point extender board provides easier access to the internal pots. Place the voltage tap pin in the nearest value and adjust the internal pot, repeating the test until the desired operating voltage is obtained. If the internal pot has insufficient range, move the tap pin to the next closest value and try again. Similarly the time delay may be adjusted higher or lower than the values shown on the time-voltage curves by means of the internal pot.

The internal calibration pots are identified as follows:

Relay Type Pickup Time Delay Type 27, Type 59 R10 R25 *

• Note: RT can also be

---

used as a secondary Types -27D, -27H R13 R38 means of adjustment.

Types -590, -59H

6. OBSOLETE UNITS The chart on page 8 indicates that certain of the 211 and 411 series single-phase voltage relays have been replaced by improved versions. The following gives a quick reference to the instruction books for the newer units. Should you need the instruc-tion book for the earlier units that are nameplated to call for IB 18.4.7-2, request issue D from the factory.

Type 59, Inverse-time Overvoltage Relay:

Catalog series 211C11xx replaced by 210C11x5 and 410C11x5 series, see IB 7.4.1.7-1.

Type 59G, Ground Overvoltage Relay:

Catalog series 211E replaced by 210E and 410E series, see IB 7.4.1.7-9.

Type 27G, Third Harmonic Undervoltage Relay:

Catalog series 211Q replaced by 410Q series, see IB 7.4.1.7-9.

Type 27/59, Under/Overvoltage Relay:

Catalog series 211D replaced by 410D series, see IB 7.4.1.7-1.

Types 27/59A, -27/59D, -27/59H Under/Overvoltage Relay:

Catalog series 211L replaced by Type 27N, catalog series 211T and 411T, see IB 7.4.1.7-7. (Note: the 211L relays were not used for overvoltage protection; they were undervoltage relays with adjustable pickup and dropout voltages.)

DC-0919Vol IDCD1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 13 of15

IB 18.4.7-2 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 14 SELECTOR IOiLTETE

.*.... 'v'DLTIMETER L__U TIMER SETi SOURCE I l .

SOURCE 2 LII-_L_L -STOP

- I I TIMER 5

ET 2 Q I-TEST SET Ti T2

+

- +

015 15 01H 12 10 OR Ti TE Figure 3: Typical Test Connections Notes: Test connections shown for a 411C or 411R series unit. For other relays consult the Internal Connection Diagrams and Contact Logic Chart on pg 7 before selecting the output contact to use to stop the timer.

If the test set voltage level adjustment does not have sufficient resolution to properly check and set the pickup voltage, then insert a Variac (adjustable autotransformer) and external voltmeter between the test source and the relay input terminals.

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment B Page 14 of 15

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 18.4.7-2 Page 15 Additional Notes on Figure 2, Typical External Connections:

The note with Figure 2 indicates that the terminal numbers associated with the output contact labelled "X" and "Y" in the diagram must be selected by referring to the internal connection diagram and contact logic chart for the particular relay being considered. As a cross-reference in this selection, the following table lists the terminals associated with the normally-open contacts that close for tripping for the basic relay function. In other words, for an undervoltage relay, the contacts that close for undervoltage, and for an overvoltage relay the contacts that close on over-voltage. An "x" in the catalog number represents any digit ("don't care").

Undervoltage Relays Contacts that CLOSE on Undervoltage

• Cat Series 211Rxxx5 5 - 6 11 - 12 211Bxx65 5 - 6 11 - 12 411Rxxx5 11 - 12 14 - 15 411Bxxx5 11 - 12 14 - 15 Overvoltage Relays Contacts that CLOSE on overvoltage

• Cat Series 211Cxxx5 1 - 2 9 - 10 411Cxxx5 11 - 12, 14 - 15

• (Contact closure is after appropriate time delay.)

DC-0919Vol I DCD1 Rev.A Attachment B Page 15 of 15

< -- *--- ------ -^-^--<<^- ---- << --- ^ <<<<<<<<

'*I * "L**

• *l 0 7q *i* *'F

• TESANLYSTS RE Page 54 of 75 P-- .  :-.

• i -.. I. .. r

(  : I t 1 2.

0 i "!.:S  : i*

oI ZZ-1, ^: -4^ :4ji -- i r_

'- i4-i N_M 7-r lr-1-1 92 y ib-":: "I:i-** i - * ~ .: 4~..

e / ... q':1L: Q 9

2'J &'. b /* b* -  :

..- . .... . -... 7b

..- I

SDC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment D Page 2 of 4 DC- ?/-? u

,, E. BusF 0 , A*c-r r^ wpe-Arr " fue _ PFi ,

,l . ... ....- .. , l j

.Ii.n  !  :!!:1*.* -**i* r:  ::: sj: l:I::

':- -' t-*

I.*__

l_ _ _

• _i

..- t i* ...

r

-*r. .

.41 l.I."

-_ ,i_- ': **< -A _ J  :* ^ ^ '"* -

- i .:.  :

.4- lia

- -*-- 4 --- t Sit r'F^*- It

-^ -; -'* V s-A

==

v'-, l,,,

=-:

_ _^_-.,

. :.*Ir:

- . --::,--.-L:- -_-_ .j^^^-p t I:- .. i"? it. "^ "" ( }

' 3i nn

• % 1.jr O  :!+/-:^ ^ ': ..

.. ._::In: *--ti:,E

• Z $ , I tv -:~V~..."

iti  :* 77 *** **-

'I -j -_-^ _ - _* _* .. .*  :  ::4 1::]I3JL^ ,

DC-0919Vol I DCD 1 Rev.A -

DC- 9/'? Attachment D Page 3 of 4 1.3 c: a asr vvt'r#4,& G 62/3 'V. dllay'ý Ilk~

-.  :  !

• ed ^ i '"*-" :; - tit*:(* ii .'f:: : l *" ***: l:;: S -1:::x:~.*: .~:::::i: ;: ;"'; : = :; ^^ t I ...

J ......

N^^ -~-7::-^^rT7y;:-Z.=

• i

-7T:^

N:^^ :r^

• *^.- E- ^ p-?^ s .. .*.:*- M.=

• **:: [- ~ ***) " - )_:!**t ix "H

tN, ji .f, i.,, _*:*ii:*:i r*t :_ I:f -^^ ^- ,- - --^ _-.-. _i:*- - -,_- - ^::j^ _...J C p :-'^

r : - ..

• 11'

. .... .. I.

^T::'i`*~rrr2rr:r^r:r:;:: 4"

Ezz:+/-x':L:z:)

iE: a'

£5.(

.* **"^" i* :^ : ...  :-^ !_ _j*-^ ^! _. * .^ _ _ :^ ^^ ^ jJ  ! ^ ^

^

^ -i- ^,^

F---_-, ^^ *.

• s A.4-'

• ** * ^

-, ^^ ^^ tTvE.

W-LZ*nZ -V I n '; '. '.

• ]---- -- ^ 15z .^L___4-I

" -^ _ _ _ .^_ i- -r^^ _ _._ E _ __ i-.:

>.:lI *:- r ' 7 " _ _ .- *  :*~ ** :*"! i* Tf'i.'-

i* ^sa 1sry :(i *S'asi^iswwJi

.t

-Li_________LL.^_____ K iLT__ -^

DC 0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A S..-... .- Attachment D Page 4 of 4 TEST ANALYSA 4ROR l

Pa e A 7 L. T.

I i- - EX 77 -I- 4+/-

A*4:7^ _r:

1-'T S~~~ - ^- -- : ~ ~ - z ." ^ : 2 T - 4 __

I---------------------- - -- -

A, b l ?r ' """^ "iL 1 A- A^--  : . _P:6"01

-7

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A D?C - '7/9 , 97 H -art /=

. pa e / -

jo.

Z.o. 1o. E S,-, dac2.E.

Copy to:-3 S. o .-',

(AP 9' *.s, RE So

,TiEM i-o - D t r Oc-r "o b ecC..

.-. . -j '. 13 s - .

(A) NCM2ASTS T0C r-to3S uE\ -EZOvLJ>> E>,v'R-Lt TO.: -,,.. 1 ____i oI ______

I9SCIC (A) e rrm 1Tt-Z7- R evAt (IB ErrC E T P

_______T_-_ l

( DISaTSSION: - PTION PARt hZ6 H n4 r ClVtsed 41 cr.

enzr-ro of3 *: T T\ e L 1ý.3 -e fetc,, I

< \_____ <_ V__ I_______ ___

__e

_) __ _ _ ..... iV.

-(^ M FrLjc- cAVc bdd c-tjtl.t, acLcirc o -ttIhe PT <=> bfu e*ncf utrse(t 1e.

I _

'¶c-c0 4 V stboLaLr *72 c t. F c____Le Is Cctc oC (mo.De.e., __________

cj i Cr Q 7 AUSASC tH< L 4'le T Dw:,,- C M_____c Pacos *fe b, 0'>9. Af Iboo MA)c. I_______

A c27 <F bc , 2- a a3k ,t Is

<<,~~~b/ C~~\OPZ1TC.

S

• DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A 114STHUMENT T3tANKtVIMM:1M! ýtgq - '

Table 13 p'9 _

3tsnadard Burdens for Potenlia Tranmormne

,CItnrCclharirtirr on on IStmn,jNpAJ J1u7z3r,rjI .. 12V) Volt fl~iR ORirin 6D.I V111t, P',IWrr rZesiRtenc! Inductenri Imp.eence PeitiLisnv Inductemne ImpWal.nce th-xignplion -Am;irms Yr'll,t Ohmi Hekerys Ohms Ohms Henry Ohms w 11.0 it) I15.:1 3,042 11652 U. A -- 11014 1184 X 1 41.70 403.2 1.092 VA 134,4 0192 Y 7rf 6.14r 163.2 u.'Mh 192 b4.4 0WS94 64 z VNI 6,116 f;I.2 0.101 ?2 20.4 0.0336 24 Z7 40W1 11.8h 30.6 . 0.0504 33 10.2 0.0168 12 Table 14 Accuracy Chwuses and Correiponding Umits 01.Trsnsrormer Correction Pactoma for Potentia Transformers for Meterinx Service

,meterinle Areatary latkeftMinr LimIt, of Tr.nufarw.er CtWrcri.WI ractwo for Kl*nX*e of 00 Lo110 Percem R*Led Primary VoIlAICE Max, Lt ilrt of Power Factor II.&K) of Mecttro Power Lx)'d 01 .997 3.003 0.-. 1.0 011; 0.994 1.006.1.0 0.r 1.20.U 1,012 6,6 - 1.0 Fig$r H, - - -.

- - - - - .2 A~CCMACY CUAW

- -- - - - 4 -lItt 0.6 ACCUIACT L1 CLASS

- ~\,O 0. I- CLCOM CLASS I t 4L8 "to

~nrfl!B -10 440 -W &*4 2616 so-46 0" +me 41ftD i r1 11mis gor Accuracy Clasmc 0.3. O.G. and 1.2L for

'd Ootential Transformers for Metering: Service 17

- DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A seri es series seismic & W 7.

Sradiation-tested timing relays AGASTATM Series E7000 Timing Relays art Cycling With Load Aging pert urehumidity plus Under)ovOr vohtage suitable for class 1E service in nuclear The radiated units were then sub)acted to testing to prove their ltyeve to htnction under power generating stations and comply 27,500 operatons at accejlreled rate, h advere c iions en aer having under wth the requirements otf,EEE Standard one satof contacts loaded to 120VAC, 60Hz Dgone a the prevsio aging semulation end 3Z3-1974 end IEEE Standard 344-175. at10 amps; or 125VDC at 1 amp, and the se ic esing. 'Te deices were opexred also reerenced t Testln was 8oANSItEEE number of mechanical operations exceding a' inmum red mxrtmum voag extremes:

C37.98. those experienced in actual service. 8 nd , 180 percent of red vfor A Temperat gunins, and 80 end 120 percent of rated volt-n* Present Wers E70 das,0 Was age for DC units, with temperatures ranging The presdnteriyes Eo on0 0 ndal fw Temperature Aging useain wide rangs of Industrial ppll* This test sublected the relays to a tempera- from 40OF to 120F at 95 percent relative ture of 100OC for 42 days, with performance humidity.

tions, On-Delay, Off-Dlay and FourPole vesalons are available for te With a measured before and after themtal less. Baseline Performance choce of 25 coll voltages, as well as time- Seismic Aging In addilton to aging tests, a series of baseline calibrated delay adjustments to as long as Sutficrt nteractions were peoonmed at tev- tests were conducted before, and immedi-60 minutes. els less than the fragility levels of the devices ately after each aging sequence, in the folt In order to satisfy the selsmti aging require- lowing areas: Pulln Voltage; Dropout Voltage;

.ments of IEEE STD 3231974 and IEEE STD Delectric Strength at 1650V 60Hz; 344975. Insulation Resistance; Operate Time (nllh-Seismic Qualiflcation seconds); Recycle Time (milliseconds);

Arifcly wd lay aged to Time Deay (seconds); Repeatablifty (percent);

Artifcially aged relays were Oubleated to Wm- Contact Bournce (mlliseconds at28VDC, ulated seismic vibration, which veriead the 1 ep,); Contact Resistance (mlltohms at ability of the Individual device to perform Its 2VDC,1 amp) required function before, during and/fol Da were measured nd recorded and used Ing design basls earthquakes. Relays wre wre measured end recorded and used a wea for comparison throughout thequalifi a tion tesled In the non-operating, operating nd

- tmarMonal modes, transon modes, test pogram in order to deect any degrada-UMtonf paraormanca, Hostile Environment Since the timing relays are intended for use in auxiliary and control buildings, and not In the reactor contalnment areas, a hostile env-L. ronment taet was performed In place of the Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) test. Relays were subjected to combinalton extreme tem-Figure 1.

Response Specttum, Tarasftional Mode FULL CSALE SHOCK SPECTROIU ( P*Ik)

Test Procedure MObiESTESTED: EOiArDl AGhSTAT Timing Relay Models E7012, E7022, ,~ : to . so Xi ooo.

E7014 and E7024 were tested In accordance with the requirements or IEEE STD. 323-1974 OAPMpilt

- 1 'sThRS shape (trs pore in (StandardforQualifying Class EEquipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations), IEEE P

• I--e) .

ping), effni- out nl. :

r pol0 STD. 344-1975 (Seismic Oualification for

• I c raction ulto Nuclear Power Generating Stations) and rel- - peJr,eton ,q-atztro eranced to ANSIIIEE C37.98 (lormertl IEEE P-t--o Ac ra.tnlot Standard 501-1978, Standard for Selslpic - -. Sri 0 Hzed 250 .hPAp" Testing of Relays). The relays were tested rE ponES* S.L Hzm and 2s according to parameters which, inprace, porie.t or tm ZPA should encompass the majority of applkpa- o -- . 0 equal to the PA tlions, Documented data apply to timing ME Sid 7 t1-o*90 relays which were mounted on rigid test fix- 3. SANDoARRESP-oNSE P,ECIM* A1 (E7*2 SERIS)

F SPeIRU SHA.PE RELAYTATE: 7RANSMOHNALMODE Sures. The tollowing descriptions of the tests performed are presented In their actual

• I- ASx(14(H4 (TO ): t:

- " 1111 sequence, QOulification tested for VERTICAL rsT VUN NO.41,46, so.62

-ARnr1L OPERATION ONLY.A coMPosTre oF FMa.., ,SSIVr..

A i' a f FBIV+ X. 707 OPERATION ONLY.OE INCLINATION OF TEST 4

Radiation Aging iA- :HINE. A Relays ware subjected to a radiationdosage fora*di,tons* shock intormation of 2.0 x 10 Reds, which is considered to .. request Amrerace spoci*tfion S -exceed adverse plan operating requlrTeents E70125E7m or E701FE7024.

for such areas as audlliary-nd control S buildings.

i 1too to 1000

\)lararalrie _

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A

. -D ,977t/M efjr "g series seismic and E7 UU E700A radiation-tested timing relays 2

SPECIFICATIONS (.,jop. oWsionr sp*,

baleic,.

Ktt citll** ~.) Replacement Schedule Environmental Conditions (Oualified Life) The quffid We of f unitIs25,000oper tin Or 10 ynear from the date of manufai WKMETER MIN. NOMll MAX. ture, wicheWer occurs first.

TenperWtuwe (F) 40 70404 158 The date of manufacture can be found In Humdty (R.H. %) 10 40-60 5 the first four (4) digits of the serial number on Pressure -Amopheri - the nameptate: XX x Radlaton (rads) - - t 20 X 1I (Qamma) digis dicat the Operating Conditions (Normalt.Enironment) year KNOMAL OPEATImO 8PECMFICTIONIS wVn COD WM COWne Second two igits Indicate Co0llOpeuntVoag, Nonil Ratee t(RBated) As As pec the week.

Puln (0 ol rated vaue) 80% MWl. 85% Ml.

ropolt ( of rated valuo) 96 A Example: Date code 804:80 Indicates 1980; Per (w r ad val) atl Appox. Approx 14 indicates the week of Apr 2 through ., -

Retay Oparai Tln9 a ETOi12 WA N/ MODEL E7012PCOQ2 Model E7022 50 rni. Max. 50 ms Ma.

Relay R=le~,e (.ele) Tnme COIL 125VDC Serial 8 4-Model E712 Som50 Ma ms Max, t.5 TO 1S SEC.

TIME iI,A Model E7022 NTA Contact Rsanp, Continuous L1 L2

• (Restiv at 125 vde) 1.0 ap 1.0 Ilp o

k r1*atilon vmp0 c,6 , amp 10..t Mounting Instructions n oOvnd 500 Mn. o0Ms The Series E000 relay MUST BE MOUNTED Dielef (vwms, i 60 rHz) IN THE VERTICAL POSITION; all pertorn..

etwn Trminals and Ground 1.500 1,500 ance specifiatlons ars valid only when they BetweenNon-connetedTerminalt 1,000 1,000 are mourned In this manner.

Repeat Acwracy

• 10% +/- 10% A mounting bracket and screws and lock.

Approxi~ate Wsight Modl E7012 nd E7022 Model E7012 and E7022 washers required to attach Itto the relay are 2.25 is. w 2.13 s. supplid with each unit, FourwBr tapped Mi M o 4 nd L 24 Mode E7014 and E724 holes are provided In the rear of the relay for S(Wegh may vay lyth23partl.ar olt attaching the mounting bracket, ortor mount-gmay very s w1th p~t voltage) g the relay directly to a panel from the ear, nol Operating Conditions (Abnormal Environmenln WARRANTY ADIVERSE OPERMIHN  : HNWIR. I "A' DSE** DREC DBE'D" This product s warranted against mechanical SPEcCIFATIdS and electrical defects for a period of two year -

Tfmparature (F) 70104 40 120 145 156 from date of shipment from factory if Ithas Humidity (R.H. %) 40-60 10-95 10O 105 10-95 been Installed and used in accordance with Col Operang Votge (%of Reatwo factory recommendations. Any field repairs or Model E7012 fAC) -i1O 85110 8651(0 85-110 . 8510 modifications to the original unit willvold this (D)60-110 B0o10 8101 90-110 0o-0I warranty. Amerace Corporation's flaillty is Model E7022 85-11 11 85410 B5-10 85-110 limlted to replacement of ars proved defeo-(DC) a80-110 B01i 80110 801-10 w0110 tive In workmanship or materials, (W-A2)

-All co*lmay be Operald on lntennmitnt duty cydes at NOTE: THE BASIC UNITIS SU JECTED T EEE S1.

ORDERING voages 10% above lsted m*IamuLrim 323-S1ANDIVEE STD.A4--75-OUAipICATIoN (trntenirmtant Duty Maximum 50% duty cycle and TESTS,PERFORMANCE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED INFORMATION W30nnute "O"bi.) ANoDoCusTOMER PEM OPTIONS AS BEEN tESTeo.

NO Catalog Number Code Nudcr Modri Sers Opiattoo Contat Co Vottage Tnime Range Conpartton Safety AGASIT= 1 - Dneisay AnwgMnt MT022, 81024 T012, Code RAtOd Brl e2- O Oeay 2 -Doublte Poe A-120V 60oH A- .1t I1c.

Timing Rely I-Double Thow TFS0V 0*Z 8 5 ii *t. ,.

4 - Four Pole -240V 60Ht 0- 1.5s 5 Doube Throw 4 - to 50 se AC D- 550V oz E- 20 1 to m00c.

I - 24V 601H - 10minb

.to S- F-127V 50Ht H- 3 0to 0min StMode 70T14 available with ette.calblte:d ti.'only. -240V60 "M- 2VDC -~ 6to 60rain.

The upper ard oftha time rnes In thl'modl may be H- t N- 48VDC K- 1to 300 e.

"' CONFIURATIONCOE P- 2VDC A- .to 2a*e The Confouras~on Code ts sufxtothe.let l odeM Number - GOV C 1 ee which provides a means of ideanfication,.Whsn a O VDC 5-ZS D- 10o osae sigoificanl product chane is Introduted, the U- bVDC E- 30 to 300 oc.

Configurato Code and tpeclfcalion shets wi b V- 32VDO F- .to 15 mln.

revised. (001 tol2,et.). W- 9VDC H- 3to 30rmin.

Y- 6VDC 10 LZ-20 D*li*Q**PIII111111111*1---_l

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment O Page 1 of 12 wi ELk IB7.4.1.7-7 Plw

• Issue E INSTRUCTIONS Single Phase Voltage Relays Type 27N HIGH ACCURACY UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 59N HIGH ACCURACY OVERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 27N Catalog Series 211T

• Standard Case Type 27N Catalog Series 411 T

• Test Case Type 59N Catalog Series 211 U . Standard Case Type 59N Catalog Series 411U

• Test Case UNEiRlvoLTAGE REL ABB POWER T&D COMPANY INC.

ALLENTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA, USA

DC-0919Vol IDCD Rev A Attachment 0 Page 2 of 12 IB 7.4.1.7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction...... ...........Page 2 Precautions........... ...... Page 2 Placing Relay into Service....Page 2 Application Data..............Page 4 Testing....................... Page 10 INTRODUCTION These instructions contain the information required to properly install, operate, and test certain single-phase undervoltage relays type 27N, catalog series 211T and 411T; and overvoltage relays, type 59N, catalog series 211U and 411U.

The relay is housed in a case suitable for conventional semiflush panel mounting.

All connections to the relay are made at the rear of the case and are clearly numbered. Relays of the 411T, and 411U catalog series are similar to relays of the 211T, and 211U series. Both series provide the same basic functions and are of totally drawout construction; however, the 411T and 411U series relays provide integral test facilities. Also, sequenced disconnects on the 410 series prevent nuisance operation during withdrawal or insertion of the relay if the normally-open contacts are used in the application.

Basic settings are made on the front panel of the relay, behind a removable clear plastic cover. Additional adjustment is provided by means of calibration potentio-meters inside the relay on the circuit board. The target is reset by means of a pushbutton extending through the relay cover.

PRECAUTIONS The following precautions should be taken when applying these relays:

1. Incorrect wiring may result in damage. Be sure wiring agrees with the connection diagram for the particular relay before energizing.

2. Apply only the rated control voltage marked on the relay front panel. The proper polarity must be observed when the dc control power connections are made.

3. For relays with dual-rated control voltage, withdraw the relay from the case and check that the movable link on the printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage.

4. High voltage insulation tests are not recommended. See the section on testing for additional information,

5. The entire circuit assembly of the relay is removable. The unit should insert smoothly. Do not use excessive force.

6. Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order.

CAUTION: since troubleshooting entails working with energized equipment, care should be taken to avoid personal shock. Only competant technicians familiar with good safety practices should service these devices.

PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE

1. RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORAGE examine for Upon receipt of the relay (when not included as part of a switchboard) shipping damage. If damage or loss is evident, file a claim at once and promptly notify Asea Brown Boveri. Use normal care in handling to avoid mechanical damage.

Keep clean and dry.

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 3 of 12 Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7.4.1.7-7 Page 3

2. INSTALLATION Mounting:

The outline dimensions and panel drilling and cutout information is given in Fig. 1.

Connections:

Typical external connections are shown in Figure 2. Internal connections and contact logic are shown in Figure 3. Control power must be connected in the proper polarity.

For relays with dual-rated control power: before energizing, withdraw the relay from its case and inspect that the movable link on the lower printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage. (For units rated 110vdc, the link should be placed in the position marked 125vdc.)

These relays have an external resistor wired to terminals 1 and 9 which must be in place for normal operation. The resistor is supplied mounted on the relay.

These relays have metal front panels which are connected through printed circuit board runs and connector wiring to a terminal at the rear of the relay case. The terminal is marked "G". In all applications this terminal should be wired to ground.

3. SETTINGS PICKUP The pickup voltage taps identify the voltage level which the relay will cause the output contacts to transfer.

DROPOUT The dropout voltage taps are identified as a percentage of the pickup voltage. Taps are provided for 70%, 80%, 90%, and 99% of pickup, or, 30%, 40%, 50%, and 60% of pickup.

Note: operating voltage values other than the specific values provided by the taps can be obtained by means of an internal adjustment potentiometer. See section on testing for setting procedure.

TIME DIAL The time dial taps are identified as 1,2,3,4,5,6. Refer to the time-voltage charac-teristic curves in the Application section. Time dial selection is not provided on relays with an Instantaneous operating characteristic. The time delay may also be varied from that provided by the fixed tap by using the internal calibration adjust-ment.

4. OPERATION INDICATORS The types 27N and 59N provide a target indicator that is electronically actuated at the time the output contacts transfer to the trip condition. The target must be manually reset. The target can be reset only if control power is available, AND if the input voltage to the relay returns to the "normal" condition.

An led indicator is provided for convenience in testing and calibrating the relay and to give operating personnel information on the status of the relay. See Figure 4 for the operation of this indicator.

Unite with a "-L" suffix on the catalog number provide a green led to indicate the presence of control power and internal power supply voltage.

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 4 of 12 1B 7.4.1.7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 4 APPLICATION DATA Single-phase undervoltage relays and overvoltage relays are used to provide a wide range of protective functions, including the protection of motors and generators, and to initiate bus transfer. The type 27N undervoltage relay and type 59N overvoltage relay are designed for those applications where exceptional accuracy, repeatability, and long-term stability are required.

Tolerances and repeatability are given in the Ratings section. Remember that the accuracy of the pickup and dropout settings with respect to the printed dial markings is generally not a factor, as these relays are usually calibrated in the field to ob-tain the particular operating values for the application. At the time of field cal-ibration, the accuracy of the instruments used to set the relays is the important factor. Multiturn internal calibration potentiometers provide means for accurate adjustment of the relay operating points; and allow the difference between pickup and dropout to be set as low as 0.5%.

The relays are supplied with instantaneous operating time, or with definite-time delay characteristic.

The definite-time units are offered in four time delay ranges:

0.1-1 second, 1-10 seconds, 2-20 seconds or 10-100 seconds.

An accurate peak detector is used in the types 27N and 59N. Harmonic distortion in the AC waveform can have a noticible effect on the relay operating point and on measuring instruments used to set the relay. An internal harmonic filter is available as an option for those applications where waveform distortion is a factor.

The harmonic filter attenuates all harmonics of the 50/60 Hz. input. The relay then basically operates on the fundamental component of the input voltage signal. See figure 5 for the typical filter response curve. To specify the harmonic filter add the suffix "-HF" to the catalog number. Note in the section on ratings that the addition of the harmonic filter does reduce somewhat the repeatability of the relay vs. temperature variation. In applications where waveform distortion is a factor, it may be desirable to operate on the peak voltage. In these cases, the harmonic filter would not be used.

CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON UNITS Time Delay (see note 1) Catalog Numbers Type Pickup Range Dropout Range Pickup Dropout Std Case Test Case

---

I--------- --------- -----------------

27N 60 - 110 v 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211T01x5 411T01x5 Inst 1 - 10 sec 211T41x5 411T41x5 Inst 0.1 - 1 sec 211T61x5 411T61x5 70 - 120 v 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211T03x5 411T03x5 Inst 1 - 10 sec 211T43x5 411T43x5 Inst 0.1 - 1 sec 211T63x5 411T63x5 60 - 110 v 30% - 60% Inst Inst 211T02x5 411T02x5 Inst 1 - 10 sec 211T42x5 411T42x5 Inst 0.1 - 1 sec 211T62x5 411T62x5 59N 100 - 150 v 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211U01x5 411U01x5 1 - 10 s Inst 211U41x5 411U41x5 0.1 - 1 s Inst 211U61x5 411U61x5 IMPORTANT NOTES:

1. Units are available with 2-20 second and 10-100 second definite time delay ranges. These units are identified by catalog numbers that have the digit "5"or "7" directly following the letter "T" in the catalqg number: i.e.: catalqg numbers of the form 411T5xxx has the 2-20 second time delay range and the form 411T7fxxx has the 10-100 second time delay range.

2. Each of the listed catalog numbers for the types 27N and 59N contains an "x" for the control voltage designation. To complete the catalog-number, replace the "x" with the proper control voltage code digit:

48/125 vdc ...... 7 250 vdc ...... 5 220 vdc ...... 2 48/110 vdc ...... 0

3. To specify the addition of the harmonic filter module, add the suffix "-HF", For example: 411T4175-HF. Harmonic filter not available on type 27N with instantaneous delay timing characteristic.

DC-0919 Vol IDCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 5 of 12 Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7.4.1.7-7 Page 5 SPECIFICATIONS Input Circuit: Rating: type 27N 150v maximum continuous.

type 59N 160v maximum continuous.

Burden: less than 0.5 VA at 120 vac.

Frequency: 50/60 Hz.

Taps: available models include:

Type 27N: pickup - 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110 volts.

70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 volts.

dropout- 60, 70, 80, 90, 99 percent of pickup.

30, 40, 50, 60 percent of pickup.

Type 59N: pickup - 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 volts.

dropout- 60, 70, 80, 90, 99 percent of pickup.

Operating Time: See Time-Voltage characteristic curves that follow.

Instantaneous models: 3 cycles or less.

Reset Time: 27N: less than 2 cycles; 59N: less than 3 cycles.

(Type 27N resets when input voltage goes above pickup setting.)

(Type 59N resets when input voltage goes below dropout setting.)

Output Circuit: Each contact

• 120 vac @ 125 vdc @ 250 vdc 30 amps. 30 amps. 30 amps. tripping duty.

5 amps. 5 amps. 5 amps, continuous.

3 amps. 1 amp. 0.3 amp. break, resistive.

2 amps. 0.3 amp. 0.1 amp. break, inductive.

Operating Temperature Range: -30 to +70 deg. C.

Control Power: Models available for Allowable variation:

48/125 vdc 0 0.05 A max. 48 vdc nominal 38- 58 vdc 48/110 vdc 0 0.05 A max. 110 vdc "88-125 vdc 220 vdc 0 0.05 A max. 125 vdc 100-140 vdc 250 vdc @ 0.05 A max. 220 vdc " 176-246 vdc 250 vdc " 200-280 vdc Tolerances: (without harmonic filter option, after 10 minute warm-up)

Pickup and dropout settings with respect to printed dial markings (factory calibration) = +/- 2%.

Pickup and dropout settings, repeatability at constant temperature and constant control voltage = +/- 0.1%. (see note below)

Pickup and dropout settings, repeatability over "allowable" dc control power range: +/- 0.1%. (see note below)

Pickup and dropout settings, repeatablility over temperature range:

-20 to +5500 +/- 0.4% -20 to +70 0 C +/-0.7%

0 to +40 0 C +/- 0.2% (see note below)

Note: the three tolerances shown should be considered independent and may be cumulative. Tolerances assume pure sine wave input signal.

Time Delay: Instantaneous models: 3 cycles or less.

Definite time models: +/- 10 percent or +/-20 millisecs.

whichever is greater.

Harmonic Filter: All ratings are the same except:

(optional) Pickup and dropout settings, repeatability over temperature range:

0 to +55 0 C +/- 0.75% -20 to +70 0 C +/-1.5%

+10 to +40 0 C +/- 0.40%

Dielectric Strength: 2000 vac, 50/60 Hz., 60 seconds, all circuits to ground.

Seismic Capability: More than 6g ZPA biaxial broadband multifrequency vibration without damage or malfunction. (ANSI C37.98-1978)

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 6 of 12 IB 7.4.1.7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 6

^,,,=.8.250_

6.8758 1.187_

.209-.5 6.62**

S 174.3 3YO-16 165.6U 3D

a. fT - -

123.83

_--r_-- 3-2.437 61.91

- - -- _ SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW (4) DIA HOLES

, 8- 7 G6_ 4 3 2 1 PANEL CUTOUT 3.687

.. ui 1C 1 4 13 12 11 10 9 S187 STUD NUMBERS 6.625 80.96 INCH (BACK VIEW) 168.28 DIMENSIONS ARE MM Figure 1: Relay Outline and Panel Drilling

_ 52 L3..

11

-H >-I---..

,H l2CONTROL EDNTROL TCe_ -

Figure 2: Typical External Connections

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Pane 7 of 12 Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7.4. .7-7 Page 7 Figure 3: INTERNAL CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND OUTPUT CONTACT LOGIC The following table and diagram define the output contact states under all possible conditions of the measured input voltage and the control power supply. "AS SHOWN" means that the contacts are in the state shown on the internal connection diagram for the relay being considered. "TRANSFERRED" means the contacts are in the opposite state to that shown on the internal connection diagram.

Condition Contact State Type 27N Type 59N Normal Control Power Transferred As Shown AC Input Voltage Below Setting Normal Control Power As Shown Transferred AC Input Voltage Above Setting No Control Voltage As Shown As Shown

-+ 16D211N Std. or Test Case B I OE 05 U 3 02 1 016 TIS Z14 T13 T12 T11 Ti ¥ EXTERNAL RESISTER 5UPPLIED WITH RELAY.

off On Pickup Voltage Level On Off Off On

/un n Dropout Voltage Level Input -OnOff Voltage n Input Voltage Off Increasing Decreasing Start Start Figure 4a: ITE-27N Operation of Figure 4b: ITE-59N Operation of Dropout Indicating Light Pickup Indicating Light Figure 4: Operation of Pickup/Dropout Light-Emitting-Diode Indicator

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A 1B 7.4.1.7-7 1il%l9jVPHd9'I 1fit4ae Relays Attachment 0 Page 8 of 12 Page 8 TIME VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS TIME VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS Type 59N OVERVOLTAGE RELAY TYPE 27N UINDERVOLTAGE RELAY DEFINITE TIME DEFINITE TIME

1. TIM TImE TAPS TAPS 1.0 ~ pa 0I - -.

0 5 3 3 MULPLES i.1 L2 ofPCKUP TAP 1.3 SETTING 1.4 ts 0 0.2 0.4 DO 1.0 1.2 MULTIPLES o. DROPOUT SETTING SHORTTIME C0awloo wie, 2110usxxx and 4tUSlxxx SHORTTIME Ctaalog S.riv. 2ItT6X. And 411Texxx TIME DELAY AS SrHON TINE. DELAY AS SHOWN HEDIUMTIME Catalog S-ri.. 211UAxxx .nd 411V4xx HEOIUg TINE Catxlog Sari&1 tiT40xXX And 4AI4Ixxx MULTIPLY TIME DELAY SHED" BY 10 MULTIPLY TIRE DELAYSHO"N BY 10 M.ch IS, 1984 TVC 8OO58a M51c.h1 1504 TC o%

ssS

• NOT TO I)sI o INPuT FATINO 100 -

lypIca The time-voltage characteristic is definite-time 80 - - - - - - - - - as shown above. The time-delay values verses time-dial selection for the 2-20 sec. and the 10-100 sec. definite time models are as follows:

0 Time Dial Tap Nominal Delay Time (sec)

-0 - Pin Position 411T5xxx 411T7xxx

1. 1 2 seconds 10 seconds S40 #2 4 20

1. 3 6 30

1. 4 10 50

1. 5 14 70

1. 6 20 100 30 60 120 180 300 Frequency - Hertz Figure 5: Normalized Frequency Response - Optional Harmonic Filter Module

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 9 of 12 Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7.4.1.7-7 Page 9 Control Voltage Selector Plug I --ct RV8 ^ l8 _ I 125V I 4 V 2

• 4.1 SPickup

_o_ Voltage a6 - 2 Calibration

^', IR4- -ov+vle I)() R9 __*50o Pot ot-J--_L-- - - co.--

- - 5 C21 27N: CCW to Incr.

, lIllIl n l II

- ... v6 v --£- h 59N: CW to Incr.

L V S3o oa  :-I.I I 1 .1 -- I " ll I I. , ,-abration

. 1.11, ol-= Co- i

>-0 l i F CoW to Incr.

_\__ Yl

___1 &I____ .101 1 dDSS S

Figure 6: Typical Circuit Board Layouts, types 27N and 59N

--- -- 1 -109

+ 116i CI 9 - I IT---'

,-EiURII*, 2 - ,u

,o,I C

LI uo I 0>R R 1IO 10 i ri o I (2272-001 V

-61 it log-Figure 7: Typical Circuit Board Layout - Harmonic Filter Module

DC-0919 Vol IDCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 10 of 12 IB 7.4.1.7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 10 TESTING

1. MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL PARTS No routine maintenance is required on these relays. Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order. We recommend that an inoperative relay be returned to the factory for repair; however, a circuit description booklet CD7.4.1.7-7 which includes schematic diagrams, can be provided on request. Renewal parts will be quoted by the factory on request.

211 Series Units Drawout circuit boards of the same catalog number are interchangible. A unit is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom side of the drawout circuit board.

The board is removed by using the metal pull knobs on the front panel. Removing the board with the unit in service may cause an undesired operation.

An 18 point extender board (cat 200X0018) is available for use in troubleshooting and calibration of the relay.

411 Series Units Metal handles provide leverage to withdraw the relay assembly from the case. Removing the unit in an application that uses a normally closed contact will cause an operation. The assembly is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom of the circuit board.

Test connections are readily made to the drawout relay unit by using standard banana plug leads at the rear vertical circuit board. This rear board is marked for easier identification of the connection points.

Important: these relays have an external resistor mounted on rear terminals 1 and 9.

In order to test the drawout unit an equivilent resistor must be connected to terminals 1 & 9 on the rear vertical circuit board of the drawout unit. The resistance value must be the same as the resistor used on the relay. A 25 or 50 watt resistor will be sufficient for testing. If no resistor is available, the resistor assembly mounted on the relay case could be removed and used. If the resistor from the case is used, be sure to remount it on the case at the conclusion of testing.

Test Plug:

A test plug assembly, catalog number 400X0002 is available for use with the 410 series units. This device plugs into the relay case on the switchboard and allows access to all external circuits wired to the case. See Instruction Book IB 7.7.1.7-8 for details on the use of this device.

2. HIGH POTENTIAL TESTS High potential tests are not recommended. A hi-pot test was performed at the factory before shipping. If a control wiring insulation test is required, partially withdraw the relay unit from its case sufficient to break the rear connections before applying the test voltage.

3. BUILT-IN TEST FUNCTION Be sure to take all necessary precautions if the tests are run with the main circuit energized.

The built-in test is provided as a convenient functional test of the relay and assoc-iated circuit. When you depress the button labelled TRIP, the measuring and timing circuits of the relay are actuated. When the relay times out, the output contacts transfer to trip the circuit breaker or other associated circuitry, and the target is displayed. The test button must be held down continuously until operation is obtained.

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 11 of 12 Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7.4.1.7-7 Page 11

4. ACCEPTANCE TESTS Follow the test procedures under paragraph 5. For definite-time units, select Time Dial #3. For the type 27N, check timing by dropping the voltage to 50% of the dropout voltage set (or to zero volts if preferred for simplification of the test).

For the type 59N check timing by switching the voltage to 105% of pickup (do not exceed max. input voltage rating.) Tolerances should be within those shown on page 5.

If the settings required for the particular application are known, use the procedures in paragraph 5 to make the final adjustments.

5. CALIBRATION TESTS Test Connections and Test Sources:

Typical test circuit connections are shown in Figure 8. Connect the relay to a proper source of dc control voltage to match its nameplate rating (and internal plug setting for dual-rated units). Generally the types 27N and 59N are used in applica-tions where high accuracy is required. The ac test source must be stable and free of harmonics. A test source with less than 0.3% harmonic distortion, such as a "line-corrector" is recommended. Do not use a voltage source that employs a ferroresonant transformer as the stabilizing and regulating device, as these usually have high harmonic content in their output. The accuracy of the voltage measuring instruments used must also be considered when calibrating these relays.

If the resolution of the ac test source adjustment means is not adequate, the arrangement using two variable transformers shown in Figure 9 to give "coarse" and "fine" adjustments is recommended.

When adjusting the ac test source do not exceed the maximum input voltage rating of the relay.

LED Indicator:

A light emitting diode is provided on the front panel for convenience in determining the pickup and dropout voltages. The action of the indicator depends on the voltage level and the direction of voltage change, and is best explained by referring to Figure 4.

The calibration potentiometers mentioned in the following procedures are of the multi-turn type for excellent resolution and ease of setting. For catalog series 211 units, the 18 point extender board provides easier access to the calibration pots. If desired, the calibration potentiometers can be resealed with a drop of nail polish at the completion of the calibration procedure.

Setting Pickup and Dropout Voltages:

Pickup may be varied between the fixed taps by adjusting the pickup calibration potentiometer R27. Pickup should be set first, with the dropout tap set at 99% (60%

on "low dropout units"). Set the pickup tap to the nearest value to the desired setting. The calibration potentiometer has approximately a +/-5% range. Decrease the voltage until dropout occurs, then check pickup by increasing the voltage. Re-adjust and repeat until pickup occurs at precisely the desired voltage.

Potentiometer R16 is provided to adjust dropout. Set the dropout tap to the next lower tap to the desired value. Increase the input voltage to above pickup, and then lower the voltage until dropout occurs. Readjust R16 and repeat until the required setting has been made.

Setting Time Delay:

Similarly, the-time delay may be adjusted higher or lower than the values shown on the time-voltage curves by means of the time delay calibration potentiometer R41. On the type 27N, time delay is initiated when the voltage drops from above the pickup value to below the dropout value. On the type 59N, timing is initiated when the voltage increases from below dropout to above the pickup value. Referring to Fig. 4, the relay is "timing out" when the led indicator is lighted.

External Resistor Values: The following resistor values may be used when testing 411 series units. Connect to rear connection points 1 & 9.

Relays rated 48/125 vdc: 4000 ohms; (-HF models with harmonic filter 4000 ohms) 48/110 vdc: 4000 ohms; (-HF models with harmonic filter 3200 ohms) 250 vdc: 10000 ohms; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms) 220 vdc: 10000 ohms; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms)

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment 0 Page 12 of 12

" 'IP ME ABB Power T&D Company, Inc.

Protective Relay Division 7036 North Snowdrift Road Allentown, PA18106 Issue E (5/96)

Supersedes Issue D

-~- - - - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - -

Z X To AC Test Source DC Control Source Y See Fig. 9

(-) (+1)

Timer START Input 5 4 08 7 06 O 3 02 I GNO 06 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 To Timer STOP Input Figure 8: Typical Test Connections T1, T2 Variable Autotransformers (1.5 amp rating)

T3 Filament Transformer (1 amp secondary)

V Accurate AC Voltmeter 120 VAC LINEk V

CORRECTOR 0 VC 120V 63V LINE (KVA)

TI T2 T3 COARSE FINE Figure 9: AC Test Source Arrangement These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in conjunction with installation, operation, or maintenance. Should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes, the matter should be referred to ABB.

Page 1 of 5 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment P Page 1 of 5 Ugorcak, Patricia From: Sinclair, Richard [richard_sinclair@tycoelectronics.com]

Sent: Wednesday, June 16, 2010 2:02 PM To: Ugorcak, Patricia

Subject:

RE: Repeatability of Agastat E7012 Series Relays

Hello, My point is that i didn't say it he did, regarding the 2/3 multiplier. I understand the idea, i didn't say it , that's all.

Regarding the second question, does 5% represent near 100%? In the testing we do at the factory, we can't ship a unit unless we verify that its repeat accuracy is within +/-5%, so by that measure, every relay we ship must have a repeat accuracy of +/-5%. (or we would n't ship it, right?)

thanks!! for asking.

Dick Sinclair Sr. Product Engineer Global Aerospace, Defense & Marine Tyco Electronics Corporation 1396 Charlotte Hwy.

Fairview, NC 28730 Phone 828-338-1109 Fax 828-338-1103 email richard_sinclair@tycoelectronics.com From: Ugorcak, Patricia [1]

Sent: Wednesday, June 16, 2010 2:53 PM To: Sinclair, Richard

Subject:

RE: Repeatability of Agastat E7012 Series Relays Dick Sinclair, Thank you for the answer!

What he was trying to say with the 2/3 multiplier is to define how much confidence is associated with the data that support the 5% repeatability. Statistically, if you have a large enough population of test data, then it can be said to represent 99.5% or -100% of the population, so we can take the stated accuracy in our calcs as a value representing 3 standard deviations. Most accuracy/setpoint calculations determine the error to a 2 standard deviation value, so what he was trying to say was that the stated accuracy of 5% was based on sufficient data to represent a 3 sigma value, so by multiply by 2/3 he would get a 2 standard deviation value.

So the question is, for the 7012 relay with a stated repeatability of 5%, does this represent near 100% of the population?

Patty Ugorcak Patricia Ugorcak 7/7/2010

Page 2 of 5 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment P Page 2 of 5 URS Corporation (630) 829-2685 patricia.ugorcak&@wgint.com From: Sinclair, Richard [2]

Sent: Wednesday, June 16, 2010 12:32 PM To: Ugorcak, Patricia Cc: Venturella, John

Subject:

RE: Repeatability of Agastat E7012 Series Relays

Hello, Thank you for contacting us regarding the repeat accuracy of E7000 and 7000 series relays.

I have only one contention with the information you provided and that is the "2/3 multiplier". I am not sure what that means or if I said that. Since i don't know what it means it would be difficult for me to understand how to quote it to Mr. Hoolahan (sic).

Anyway, other than that, the information is correct regarding the comparison of the Agastat 7000s and E7000s.

Thanks!!

Dick Sinclair Sr. Product Engineer Global Aerospace, Defense & Marine Tyco Electronics Corporation 1396 Charlotte Hwy.

Fairview, NC 28730 Phone 828-338-1109 Fax 828-338-1103 email richard_sinclair@tycoelectronics.com From: Venturella, John Sent: Wednesday, June 16, 2010 1:06 PM To: Sinclair, Richard

Subject:

FWD: Repeatability of Agastat E7012 Series Relays The following incident has been forwarded to you:

John Venturella (jventurella@tycoelectronics.com)

Sender's Comment Contact Information 7/7/2010

Page 3 of 5 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment P Page 3 of 5 Email Address: patricia.ugorcak@wgint.com First Name: Patricia Last Name: Ugorcak Type:

Title:

City: Warrenville State: IL Zip: 60555 Country:

Phone: 630-829-2685 Fax:

Url:

Country Select: Australia Type of Customer: OEM (Original Equipment Mfr.)

Legacy Contact ID:

Sample Survey:

Webinar:

iPod:

Gift Card: Yes Store Contact Data:

Allow Distributor:

Trade Shows:

Employer URS Address 4320 Winfield Rd Phone Number Source Org Id Souce Contact Id Passives Webinar PluggablelO Webinar AD&M Whitepaper DesignCon Power Webinar 7/7/2010

Page 4 of 5 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment P Page 4 of 5 Fortis Webinar Apec 2010 light+building Lightfair Solar 2010 MAE2010 Reference #100616-000351 Summary: Repeatability of Agastat E7012 Series Relays Rule State: 05 Finished - Updated Product Level 1: Relays Category Level 1: Technical / Product Information Date Created: 06/16/2010 11:26 AM Last Updated: 06/16/2010 01:05 PM Status: Unresolved Assigned: John Venturella Competitor Part #:

Competitor Name:

Time Stamp:

Language:

Region:

Industry (BU): CIS Share with SE:

Part Number URL Source Org Id Souce Contact Id 7/7/2010

Page 5 of 5 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment P Page 5 of 5 Source Incident Id Notes for SE Site Catalyst ID Discussion Thread Note (John Venturella) 06/16/2010 01:05 PM Forward to R. Sinclair Customer (Patricia Ugorcak) 06/16/2010 11:26 AM I have a copy of a telephone conversation (file attached) from 2003 with Dick Sinclair pertaining to the E7012 accuracy speicifications. It makes the following points:

• The relay specifications as published are current and valid.

• The specifications are considered bounding values. Use of 2/3 multiplier would be appropriate for 95% confidence interval calculation.

• Series 7000 and Series E7000 are made from identical piece parts.

• The only difference in the manufacturing process between the models is the QA and testing associated with the nuclear qualified E7000 series not the same as 7000 series.

• Repeatability specification for E7000 series (+/-10%) is greater than 7000 series (+/-5%) due to cumulative effects of harsh testing performed on E7000 series relays.

• If a E7000 series and 7000 series relay were operated in the same mild environment, the improved performance characteristics associated with the 7000 series relay would be expected for both relays.

• Due to similarity in design, temperature variation specifications associated with the 7000 series can be applied to the E7000 series.

Is this still true? I need to verify the actula repeatability of the E7012 when not subject harsh environmental effects and seismic events.

This is matter of urgency in support of DTE Energy's Fermi Nuclear 2 Station.

7/7/2010

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment Q Page lof 2 Ugorcak, Patricia From: Don P. Steltz [don.p.steltz@us.abb.com]

Sent: Tuesday, May 25, 2010 12:48 PM To: Ugorcak, Patricia

Subject:

27D Attachments: 27 calibration, guarantee spec.doc Hi Patricia We do not have any specific data as to the repeatability for the Type 27D relay, however I am including a note from one of our Engineers that may address your issue. Although this note refers to the Type 27 it does mention the 27D as well. Please keep in mind that the 27D is a general purpose relay and that the 27N may be better suited for a more accurate application.

Hope this helps and let me know if you need any additional information;.

Thanks Don (See attachedfile: 27 calibration,guaranteespec.doc)

---

Original message ----

I am performing an accuracy calc for the Enrico Fermi 2 Nuclear Power Station for an ABB Type 27D relay, full model number 211R4175. Instruction IB 18.4.7-2 states control power and temperature effects on repeatability, but no specific repeatability effect other than the 5% if using the dial setting. Do you have any information on the base repeatability for the 27D, a number that should be combined with the temperature and control power variation effects to get the total inaccuracy?

9/20/2010

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment Q Page 2of 2 Refer to the Specifications (page 5), of the latest version of IB 18.4.7-2.

The pickup/dropout difference for the Type 27 is "less than 0.5 percent" (The 27D and 27H relays are about 3 percent). It should be practical to calibrate the Type 27 to within 0.5 volt of the desired undervoltage operating voltage using the internal calibration pot R10 per the info on pages 13 and 14.

Time Dial # 1 should be used when calibrating the operating voltage. A 15 minute warm-up time should be used with dc control and 120 volts nominal ac voltage applied before making the final calibration adjustment.

Repeatability of the operating point should be within 0.2 volt for short term testing at constant temperature and constant control voltage.

Repeatability for variations in temperature and control voltage is given in the page 5 specifications.

No guarantees are available for long term stability. The Type 27 is a general purpose undervoltage relay and will have reasonable stability - but not the high performance of the Type 27N design. A 2%

repeatability value over a 1 year calibration interval would be a conservative assumption (at same temperature and dc control voltage as the original calibration)

The Type 27N is available with Definite-time delay, but not with the Inverse curve of the Type 27.

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment R Page 1 of 4 Agilent 34401A Multimeter SUncompromising Performance Sfor Benchtop and System Testing S9

• Product Overview

• Measure up to 1000 volts readouts and direct dB and dBm Easy to Use with 61/2 digits resolution measurements make checkout with Commonly accessed attributes, such

• 0.0015% basic dcV the 34401A faster and easier, as functions, ranges, and resolution accuracy (24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />) are selected with a single button press.

• 0.06% basic acV The 34401A gives you the ability to accuracy (1 year) store up to 512 readings in internal Advanced features are available memory. For trouble-shooting, a using menu functions that let you

• 3 Hz to 300 kHz ac bandwidth reading hold feature lets you optimize the 34401A for your

• 1000 readings/s direct to GPIB concentrate on placing your test applications.

leads without having to constantly Superior Performance glance at the display. The included Agilent IntuiLink The Agilent Technologies 34401A software allows you to put your multimeter gives you the perfor- Use It for Systems Testing captured data to work easily, using mance you need for fast, accurate For systems use, the 34401A gives PC applications such as Microsoft bench and system testing. The you faster bus throughput than any Excel or Word to analyze, inter-34401A provides a combination of other DMM in its class. The 34401A pret, display, print, and document resolution, accuracy and speed that can send up to 1,000 readings/s the data you get from the 34401A.

rivals DMMs costing many times directly across GPIB in user-friendly You can specify the meter setup more. 61/2 digits of resolution, ASCII format, and take a single reading or log 0.0015% basic 24-hr dcV accuracy data to the Excel spreadsheet in and 1,000 readings/s direct to You also get both GPIB and RS-232 specified time intervals. Program-GPIB assure you of results that interfaces as standard features. mers can use ActiveX components are accurate, fast, and repeatable. Voltmeter Complete and External to control the DMM using SCPI Trigger signals are provided so you commands. To find out more Use It on Your Benchtop can synchronize to other instruments about IntuiLink, visit The 34401A was designed with in your test system. In addition, a www.agilent.com/find/intuilink your bench needs in mind. TTL output indicates Pass/Fail Functions commonly associated results when limit testing is used. 1-Year Warranty with bench operation, like continu- With your 34401A, you get full ity and diode test, are built in. A To ensure both forward and- back- documentation, a high-quality test Null feature allows you to remove ward compatibility, the 34401A lead set, calibration certificate with lead resistance and other fixed off- includes three command languages test data, and a 1-year warranty, sets in your measurements. Other (SCPI, Agilent 3478A and Fluke all for one low price.

capabilities like min/max/avg 8840A /42A), so you don't have to rewrite your existing test software. An optional rack mount kit is available.

Agilent Technologies

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment R Page 2 of 4 Accuracy Specifications +/- (% of reading + % of range) 1 Function Range 3 Frequency, 24 Hour2 90 Day 1 Year Temperature Coefficient etc. 23°C +/-1°C 23*C +/-5*C 23°C +/-5*C *0C to -18°C 28°C to -55°C DC voltage 100.0000 mV 0.0030 + 0.0030 0.0040 + 0.0035 0.0050 + 0.0035 0.0005 + 0.0005 1.000000 V 0.0020 + 0.0006 0.0030 + 0.0007 0.0040 + 0.0007 0.0005 + 0.0001 10.00000 V 0.0015 + 0.0004 0.0020 + 0.0005 0.0035 + 0.0005 0.0005 + 0.0001 100.0000 V 0.0020 + 0.0006 0.0035 + 0.0006 0.0045+ 0.0006 0.0005 + 0.0001 1000.000 V 0.0020 + 0.0006 0.0035 + 0.0010 0.0045 + 0.0010 0.0005 + 0.0001 True rms 100.0000 mV 3Hz-5 Hz 1.00 + 0.03 1.00 + 0.04 1.00 + 0.04 0.100+ 0.004 AC voltage 4 5 Hz -10 Hz 0.35 + 0.03 0.35 + 0.04 0.35 + 0.04 0.035 + 0.004 10 Hz- 20 kHz 0.04 +0.03 0.05 + 0.04 0.06+ 0.04 0.005 + 0.004 20 kHz-50 kHz 0.10 +0.05 0.11 +0.05 0.12+ 0.04 0.011 + 0.005 50 kHz -100 kHz 0.55 + 0.08 0.60 + 0.08 0.60+ 0.08 0.060 + 0.008 100 kHz- 300 kHz 6 4.00+ 0.50 4.00 + 0.50 4.00+ 0.50 0.20 + 0.02 1.000000 V 3 Hz-5 Hz 1.00 +0.02 1.00 + 0.03 1.00 + 0.03 0.100 + 0.003 to 750.000 V 5 Hz-10 Hz 0.35 + 0.02 0.35+ 0.03 0.35 + 0.03 0.035 + 0.003 10 Hz - 20 kHz 0.04+ 0.02 0.05 + 0.03 0.06 + 0.03 0.005 + 0.003 20 kHz-50 kHz 0.10 + 0.04 0.11 + 0.05 0.12+ 0.04 0.011 + 0.005 6

50 kHz- 100 kHz 0.55 + 0.08 0.60 + 0.08 0.60 + 0.08 0.060 + 0.008 100 kHz -300 kHz' 4.00 + 0.50 4.00 + 0.50 4.00 + 0.50 0.20 + 0.02 Resistance 7 100.0000 Q 1 mA Current Source 0.0030 + 0.0030 0.008 + 0.004 0.010 + 0.004 0.0006 + 0.0005 1.000000 kO 1 mA 0.0020 + 0.0005 0.008 + 0.001 0.010 + 0.001 0.0006 + 0.0001 10.00000 kQ 100 pA 0.0020 + 0.0005 0.008 + 0.001 0.010 + 0.001 0.0006 + 0.0001 100.0000 kO 10 pA 0.0020 + 0.0005 0.008 + 0.001 0.010 + 0.001 0.0006 + 0.0001 1.000000 MQ 5.0 pA 0.002 + 0.001 0.008 + 0.001 0.010 + 0.001 0.0010 + 0.0002 10.00000 MQ 500 nA 0.015 + 0.001 0.020 + 0.001 0.040 + 0.001 0.0030 + 0.0004 100.0000 Mn 500 nA 1l 10 Mn 0.300 + 0.010 0.800 + 0.010 0.800 + 0.010 0.1500 + 0.0002 DC current 10.00000 mA < 0.1 V Burden Voltage 0.005 + 0.010 0.030 + 0.020 0.050 + 0.020 0.0020 + 0.0020 100.0000 mA < 0.6 V 0.010 + 0.004 0.030 + 0.005 0.050 + 0.005 0.0020 + 0.0005 1.000000 A <1.0 V 0.050 +0.006 0.080 + 0.010 0.100 + 0.010 0.0050 + 0.0010 3.00000 A <2.0 V 0.100 + 0.020 0.120 +0.020 0.120 + 0.020 0.005 + 0.0020 True rms 1.000000 A 3 Hz - 5 Hz 1.00 + 0.04 1.00 + 0.04 1.00 + 0.04 0.100+ 0.006 AC current' 5 Hz -10 Hz 0.30 + 0.04 0.30 + 0.04 0.30 + 0.04 0.035+ 0.006 10 Hz- 5 kHz 0.10+ 0.04 0.10 + 0.04 0.10 + 0.04 0.015 + 0.006 3.00000 A 3Hz- 5 Hz 1.10 +0.06 1.10 + 0.06 1.10 + 0.06 0.100+ 0.006 5 Hz Hz 0.35 + 0.06 0.35 + 0.06 0.35 + 0;06 0.035 + 0:006 10 Hz- 5 kHz 0.15+0.06 0.15+ 0.06 0.15+ 0.06 0.015+ 0.006 Frequency 100 mVto 3 Hz - 5 Hz 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.005 or period 8 750 V 5 Hz -10 Hz 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.005 10 Hz-40 Hz 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.001 40 Hz- 300 kHz 0.006 0.01 0.01 0.001 Continuity 1000.0 n 1 mA test current 0.002 + 0.030 0.008 + 0.030 0.010 + 0.030 0.001 + 0.002 Diode test 9 1.0000 V 1 mA test current 0.002 + 0.010 0.008 + 0.020 0.010 + 0.020 0.001 + 0.002 SSpecifications are for 1 hr warm-up and 6t/ digits, slow ac filter.

2 Relative to calibration standards.

3 20% over range on all ranges except 1000 Vdc and 750 Vac ranges.

4 For sinewave input > 5%of range. For inputs from 1%to 5%of range and < 50 kHz, add 0.1%of range additional error. I 103.6mm 5 750 Vrange limited to 100 kHz or 8x 107 Volt-Hz.

6Typically 30% of reading error at 1 MHz. 254.4 mm 374.0mm 7 Specifications are for 4-wire ohms function or 2-wire ohms using Math Null. 374.0mm Without Math Null, add 0.2 0 additional error in 2-wire-ohms function.

8 Input >100 mV. For 10 mV to 100 mV inputs multiply %of reading error x10.

9 Accuracy specifications are for the voltage measured at the input terminals only. 1 mA test current is typical. Variation in the current source will create 88.5 mm some variation in the voltage drop across a diode junction. Z [j I 212.6 mm 348.3 mm 2

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment R Page 3 of 4 Measurement Characteristics DC Voltage True RMS AC Current Triggering and Memory Measurement Method: Measurement Method: Reading HOLD Sensitivity:

Continuously integrating multi-slope III Directly coupled to the fuse and shunt. 10%, 1%, 0.1%, or 0.01% of range A-D converter ac coupled true rms measurement amples/Trigger:

A-D Linearity: (measures the ac component only). 1to 50,000 0.0002% of reading + 0.0001% of range Shunt Resistance: Trigger Delay: 0 to 3600 s: 10 ps step size Input Resistance: 0.1 2 for 1 A and 3 A ranges Input Protection: External Trigger Delay: < 1 ms 10 M2 or 0.1 V, 1V, 10 V ranges:

Selectable > 10,000 MQ Externally accessible 3 A 250 V fuse External Trigger Jitter: < 500 ps 100 V,1000 Vranges: 10 MQ +/-1% Internal 7 A 250 Vfuse Memory: 512 readings Input Bias Current < 30 pA at 25°C Frequency and Period Math Functions Input Protection: 1000 V all ranges Measurement Method: NULL, min/max/average, dBm, dB, limit test dcV:dcV ratio accuracy: Reciprocal counting technique (with TTL output)

Vinput Accuracy + Vrelevance Accuracy Voltage Ranges:

Same as ac voltage function Standard Programming Languages True RMS AC Voltage Gate Time: 1 s, 100 ms, or 10 ms SCPI (IEEE-488.2), Agilent3478A, Measurement Method: Fluke 8840A/42A AC-coupled true rms-measures the ac Continuity/Diode component of the input with up to 400 Vdc Accessories Included of bias on any range. Response Time:

Crest Factor: 300 samples/s with audible tone Test lead kit with probe, alligator Maximum of 5:1 at full scale. Continuity Threshold: and grabber attachments Additional Crest Factor errors (non-sinewave): Selectable from 1 2 to 1000 2 Operating manual, service manual, Crest factor 1-2: 0.05% of reading test report and power cord Crest factor 2-3: 0.15% of reading Measurement Noise Rejection 60 (50) Hz' Crest factor 3-4: 0.30% of reading General Specifications Crest factor 4-5: 0.40% of reading dc CMRR: 140 dB ac CMRR: 70 dB Power Supply:

Input Impedance: 100 V/120 V/220 V/240 V +/-10%

1 MO +/- 2%in parallel with 100 pF Input Protection: 750 Vrms all ranges Integration Time and 2 Power Line Frequency:

Normal Mode Rejection 45 Hz to 66 Hz and 360 Hz to 440 Hz, Automatically sensed at power-on 3

ResistanceResistance 10 100plc/167 plc/1.67mss (2 60 dB3 60 dB s): ms):

(200 Power Consumption: 25 VA peak (10 W average)

Measurement Method: 1 pc/16.7 ms (20 ms): 60 dOperating Environment:

Selectable 4-wire or 2-wire Ohms. 1 ms (20s) dB Full accuracy for 0C to 550 C, Current source referenced to LO input. <1 plc/3 ms or 800 ps): 0 dB Full accuracy to 80% R.H. at 40°C Maximum Lead Resistance (4-wire): Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70oC 10% of range per lead for 100 2, 1 kO ranges. Operating Characteristics4 Weight 3.6 kg (8.0 Ibs) 1 k2 per lead on all other ranges. Function Digits Reading/s Weight: 3.6 kg (8.0 Ibs)

Input Protection: dcV, del, and 6/2 0.6 (0.5) Safety: Designed to CSA, UL-1244, IEC-348 1000 V all ranges Resistance 61/2 6(5) RFI and ESD:

51/2 60 (50) MIL-461 C,FTZ 1046, FCC 2

DC Current 5/ 300 Vibration & Shock:

41/2 1000 MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5 (sine only)

Shunt Resistance: acV, acl 6 1/ 0.15 slow (3 Hz) 5 2 for 10 mA, 100 mA 61/ 1medium (20 Hz) Warranty: 1 year 0.1 n for 1 A, 3 A 61/2 10 fast (200 Hz)

Input Protection: 61/2 505 Externally accessible 3 A 250 V fuse Frequency 61/ 1 1 For 1 kO unbalanced in LOlead, Internal 7 A 250 Vfuse or Period 51/2 9.8 +/- 500 Vpeak maximum.

41

/2 80 2For power line frequency +/- 0.1%.

3 For power line frequency +/- 0.1%use 40 dB Frequency and Period or+/-3%use30 dB.

4 Reading speeds for 60 Hz and (50 Hz) operation.

Configuration rates: 26/s to 50/s s Maximum useful limit with default settling Autorange rate (de Volts): >30/s delays defeated.

6 ASCII readings to RS-232: 55/s Speeds are for 41' digits, delay 0, auto-zero ASCII readings to RS-232: 1000/s and display OFF.

Maximum internal trig rate: 1000/s Max. ext trig, rate to memory: 1000/s 3

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment R Page 4 of 4 Ordering Information www.agilent.com Agilent 34401A multimeter For more information on Agilent Technologies' accessories included: O r and calibration services products, applications or services, please Test lead kit with probe, contact your local Agilent office. The complete alligator, and grabber ised. You will get full value ut listisavailableat:

attachments, operating your Agilent equipment through- www.agilent.com/find/contactus manual, service manual, out its lifetime. Your eqipment calibration certificate, will be sericed by Agilent-trained test report, and power cord. technicians using the latest factory Amercas c-alibration procedures, autoated Canada (877) 894-4414

^ repair diagnostics and genuine pats, Latin America 305 269 7500 Options uwill lways have the utmost United States (800) 829-4444 34401A-1CM confidence in yourmeasurements.

Rack mount kit*

(P/N 5063-9240) Agilent offers a wideange of ad Asia Pacific 34401A-OBO ditionalexpert test and measure- Australia 1 800 629 485 DMM without manuals ment services for your equipment, China 800 810 0189 34401A-A6J including initial startup asssan Hong Kong 800938 693 34401A-A6J onsite education and training, as well Hn K 800 93 69 ANSI Z540 compliant calibration s design system integration, and India 1 800 112 929 project management. Japan 0120 (421) 345 Manual Options Korea 080 769 0800 (Please specify one) For more information on repair and Malaysia 1 800 888 848 34401A-ABA US English calibration services, go to: Singapore 1 800 375 8100 34401A-ABD German Taiwan 0800 047 866 34401A-ABD German www.agilent.com/find/removealldoubt Taiwland 800022 0866 34401A-ABE Spanish Thailand 1800 226 008 34401A-ABF French 3441AAB FEurope & Middle East 34401A-ABJ Japanese K Agilent Email Updates Europe & Middle East Austria 0820 87 44 11 34401A-ABZ Italian www.agilent.com/find/emailupdates Belgium 32 (0) 2 404 93 40 34401A-ABO Taiwan Chinese Get the latest information on the Denmark 45701315 15 34401A-AB1 Korean products and applications you select. Finland 358 (0) 10 855 2100 34401A-AB2 Chinese A_ France 0825 010 700*

34401A-AKT Russian Agilent Direct '0.125 fixed network rates www.agilent.com/find/agilentdirect Germany 01805 24 6333**

Agilent Accessories Quickly choose and use your test "0.14 /minute 11059A Kelvin probe set equipment solutions with confidence. Ireland 1890 924 204 11060A Surface mount device Israel 972-3-9288-504/544 (SMD) test probes Agilent Italy 39 02 92 60 8484 11062A Kelvin clip set Open Netherlands 31 (0) 20 547 2111 34131 Hard transit case www.agilent.com/find/open Spain 34 (91) 6313300 34161A Accessory pouch Agilent Open simplifies the process Sweden 0200-88 22 55 34171B Input terminal connector of connecting and programming Switzerland (French) 41 (21) 8113811(0pt2)

(sold in pairs) test systems to help engineers Switzerland (German) 0800 80 53 53 (Opt 1) design, validate and manufacture 34172B Input calibration short electronic products. Agilent offers United Kingdom 44 (0) 118 9276201 (sold in pairs) open connectivity for a broad range Other European Countries:

34330A 30 A current shunt of system-ready instruments, open www.agilent.com/find/contactus E2308A 5 k thermistor probe industry software, PC-standard I/0 Revised: October 24.2007 and global support, which are

• For racking two side-by-side, combined to more easily integrate Product specifications and descriptions order both items below: test system development. in this document subject to change Lock link kit (P/N 5061-9694) without notice.

Flange kit (P/N 5063-9212) www.lxistandard.org © Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2007 LXI is the LAN-based successor to Printed in USA, December 20, 2007 GPIB, providing faster, more efficient 5968-0162EN connectivity. Agilent is a founding member of the LXI consortium.

Agilent Technologies

DC-0919 Vol I DOD 1 Rev. A Attachment S Page 1 of 3 Agilent 34401A 6 %/2DigitMultimeter User's Guide SAgilent Tec hnologies

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Attachment S Page 2 of 3 Notices

© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 1991 - 2007 Warranty Safety Notices No partof this manual may be reproduced in The material contained in this docu-any form or by any means (including elec- ment is provided "as is," and is sub-tronic storage and retrieval or translation ject to being changed, without notice, into a foreign language) withoutprior agree- in future editions. Further,to the max-ment and written consent from Agilent imum extent permitted by applicable A CAUTION notice denotes a haz-Technologies, Inc. as governed by United law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, ard. It calls attention to an operat-States and international copyright laws, either express or implied, with regard ing procedure, practice, or the like to this manual and any information Manual Part Number contained herein, including but not that, if not correctly performed or 34401-90004 limited to the implied warranties of adhered to, could result in damage merchantability and fitness for a par- to the product or loss of important Edition ticular purpose. Agilent shall not be data. Do not proceed beyond a liable for errors or for incidental or Seventh Edition. August 2007 consequential damages in connec- CAUTION notice until the indicated Printed in Malaysia tion with the furnishing, use, or per- conditions are fully understood and formance of this document or of any met.

Agilent Technologies, Inc. information contained herein. Should 3501 Stevens Creek Blvd. Agilent and the user have a separate Santa Clara, CA 95052 USA written agreement with warranty Microsoft and Windows are U.S. regis- terms covering the material in this tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. document that conflict with these terms, the warranty terms in the sep- A WARNING notice denotes a Software Revision arate agreement shall control. hazard. It calls attention to an This guide is valid for the firmware that was Technology Licenses operating procedure, practice, or installed inthe instrument at the time of the like thatif not correctly manufacture. However, upgrading the firm- The hardware and/or software described inf n c ly per ware may add or change product features, this document are furnished under a license formed or adhered to, could result For the latest firmware and documentation, and may be used or copied only in accor- in personal injury or death. Do not go to the product page at: dance with the terms of such license, proceed beyond a WARNING www.agilent.com/find/34401A Restricted Rights Legend notice until the indicated condi-tions are fully understood and U.S. Government Restricted Rights. Soft-met.

ware and technical data rights granted to the federal government include only those rights customarily provided to end user cus-tomers. Agilent provides this customary commercial license in Software and techni-cal data pursuant to FAR 12.211 (Technical Data) and 12.212 (Computer Software) and, for the Department of Defense, DFARS 252.227-7015 (Technical Data - Commercial Items) and DFARS 227.7202-3 (Rights in Commercial Computer Software or Com-puter Software Documentation).

ii 34401A User's Guide

Chapter 8 Specifications DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A

. . Attachment S Page 3 of 3 Interpreting Multimeter Specifications Resolution Resolution is the numeric ratio of the maximum displayed value divided by the minimum displayed value on a selected range. Resolution is often expressed in percent, parts-per-million (ppm), counts, or bits.

For example, a 61/2-digit multimeter with 20% overrange capability can display a measurement with up to 1,200,000 counts of resolution.

This corresponds to about 0.0001% (1 ppm) of full scale, or 21 bits including the sign bit. All four specifications are equivalent.

Accuracy Accuracy is a measure of the "exactness" to which the multimeter's measurement uncertainty can be determined relative to the calibration reference used. Absolute accuracy includes the multimeter's relative accuracy specification plus the known error of the calibration reference relative to national standards (such as the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology). To be meaningful, the accuracy specifications must be accompanied with the conditions under which they are valid.

These conditions should include temperature, humidity, and time.

There is no standard convention among multimeter manufacturers for the confidence limits at which specifications are set. The table below shows the probability of non-conformance for each specificationwith the given assumptions.

Specification Probability Criteria of Failure Mean +/- 2 sigma 4.5%

Mean +/- 3 sigma 0.3%

Mean +/- 4 sigma 0.006%

Variations in performance from reading to reading, and instrument to instrument, decrease for increasing number of sigma for a given specification. This means that you can achieve greater actual measurement precision for a specific accuracy specification number.

The Agilent 34401A is designed and tested to meet performance better than mean +/-4 sigma of the published accuracy specifications. 2 227

DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A eggerAttachment T Page 1 of 2 SST-9203 Solid-State Digital Timer SST-9203 Solid-State Digital Timer Di

• Versatile timing instrument for many utility applications SRugged design for years of daily field use S* +/-t0.0001-second accuracy

• Battery or line operated DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS The SST-9203 Solid-State Digital Timer combines Input ruggedness and reliability with state-of-the-art technology 115/230 V,50/60 Hz, 3 VA to make it an accurate and versatile timing instrument available for utility applications. Display 0.3-in. (7.6-mm) LED, 6 digits APPLICATIONS Battery Capacity Six hours of continuous usage on a single, full charge. Low Designed specifically to measure the operating time of battery indication lamp. (Recharge time is twice the time used on solid-state and electromechanical relays, circuit breakers, battery-power. Battery charger is built-in.)

contactors or similar switching devices, Model SST-9203 can be easily used in the field, shop or laboratory. Counter The specially designed Multi-Amp solid-state digital counter measures the elapsed time of the test in either seconds or cycles.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS It has extensive shielding and noise-suppression circuitry to

" Timing versatility: All necessary start and stop gates are ensure accurate and reliable operation under the most demanding incorporated - applying or removing ac or dc field conditions. Incorporating a crystal-controlled oscillator, its potentials, opening or closing contacts, accuracy is independent of the power-line frequency.

SAccuracy0.0001 second Ranges (switch-selected) 0.0001 to 99.9999 s

• Resolution: measures from 0.0001 to 9999.99 seconds OR 0.01 to 9999.99 s 0.1 to 99999.9 cycles 0.1 to 99999.9 cycles

" Noise immunity: Shielding and noise-suppression circuitry ensures reliable operation even in typically "noisy" utility environments such as EHV substations and switchyards.

" Rugged design: built tough to provide years of daily field use

" Built-in rechargeable battery: Long battery life allows testing in remote locations.

eer DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A SST-9203 Attachment Attachment T Page 22 ofof 22 Solid-State Digital SST-9 Timer Start and Stop Gates STOP Latch Two identical, independent start and stop gate circuits permit When on, the STOP latch allows timing to be stopped at the first simple switch selection of the desired operating modes. The operation of any stop gate (thus ignoring contact bounce, for following modes are provided for both the start gate and the stop example). When off, the STOP latch allows timing to be stopped gate: by any stop gate, then restarted if the stop gate reverses Dry Contact Closure (N.O.): Timer starts or stops at the closure (provided a start gate is still energized) and then again stopped of a normally open contact or upon conduction through a when the gate again reverses.

semiconductor device, such as an SCR, triac or transistor.

Dry Contact Opens (N.C.): Timer starts or stops at the opening Accuracy of a normally closed contact or when conduction through a The overall accuracy of the instrument, including start and stop semiconductor device, such as an SCR, triac or transistor is gate errors at 250 C is:

interrupted. Seconds Mode: +/- least significant digit (0.0001 or 0.01 depending Application of ac or dc Potential (AC/DC APPLIED): In latched on seconds range in use) or 0.005% of reading, whichever is mode, timer starts or stops when an ac potential (5 to 300 V rms) greater, when initiated b a d contact a d potential above 5 V or dc potential (6 to 300 V) is applied. In nonlatched mode, timer or by an ac potential above 115 V*

starts or stops when an ac potential (65 to 300 V rms) or dc AC voltage accuracy decreases at lower voltages and is +/-8 ms in potential (6 to potential (6 to 300 300 V is applied/removed.

V is applied/removed. worst case (6 V rms applied just following wave-shape peak).

Cycles Mode: +/-0.5 cycle when initiated by a dry contact, a dc Removal of ac or de Potential (AC/DC REMOVED): Timer starts Cycles Mode: +0.5cycle when initiated b a dr contact, a dc or stops when an ac potential (65 to 300 V rms) or dc potential (6 potential above 5 V or an ac potential above 115 V to 300 V)is removed. Environment START Latch Operating temperature is from 32 to 1000 F (0 to 380 C)

When on, the START latch allows timing to be initiated by any Enclosure start gate and to be stopped only by the selected stop gate. The instrument is housed in a high-impact plastic case with lead When off, the START latch allows timing to be initiated by any compartment and equipped with carrying handle and removable start gate and to be stopped when that start gate is reversed (such cover.

as when timing the closing and opening of a single contact while measuring the trip-free operating time of a circuit breaker). Dimensions 13.5 H x 9.6 W x 9.5 D in. (344 H x 245 W x 242 D mm)

Weight 12 lb (5.5 kg)

Item (Qty) Cat. No.

Solid-State Digital Timer SST-9203 Included Accessories Line cord (1) 6828 Fuses 0.25A, 250 V (5) 14692 0.5A, 250 V (5) 14693 Test leads (1 pr) 1282 Pouch (1) 14694 Instruction manual (1) 15027 UK UNITED STATES OTHER TECHNICAL SALES OFFICES ISO STATEMENT Archcliffe Road, Dover 4271 Bronze Way Norristown USA, Toronto CANADA, Registeredto ISO9001:1994 Regno. Q 09250 CT17 9EN England Dallas, TX 75237-1018 USA Mumbai INDIA, T (0) 1 304 502101 T 1 800 723 2861 Le Raincy FRANCE, Cherrybrook Registeredto IS 14001 Regno. EMS61597 F (0) 1 304 207342 T 1 214 333 3201 AUSTRALIA, Guadalajara SPAIN SST9203_DS_en_V01 F 1 214 331 7399 and The Kingdom of BAHRAIN. www.megger.com Megger is a registered trademark

tqfca Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A lectronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 1 of 6 AGASTAT 7000 series Industrial Electropneumatic i Timing Relay File E15631 File LR29186 CE Note:7032 types and certain models with accessories are not agency approved.

Users should thoroughly review the technical data before selecting a product part number. It is recommended that users also seek out the pertinent approvals files of the agencies/laboratories and review them to confirm the product meets the requirements for a given application.

Consult factory for ordering information.

Design Features On-delay model 7012 (delay on pickup)

• Available in on-delay, true off-delay, and on/off-delay. Applying continuous voltage to the coil

• Timing from 0.1 seconds to 60 minutes, in linear increments. io?nmo, (L-1L2) starts a time delay lasting for

• Oversize time-calibrated adjustment knobs, serrated with high-resolution r he markings visible from all angles makes the timer easy to set timers.

• Inherent transient immunity, dnormally nrmally closed closed contacts contacts (3-53-5 and and 4-6 4-6)

• Inherent transient immunity. remain closed. At the end of the delay

• Standard voltages from 6-550VAC and 12-550VDC (special voltages available.) period the normse.che ed contacts

• Available in 2-pole or 4-pole models. break and the normally open contacts SNumerous enclosure options: explosion proof, dust tight, watertight, -5 and 26 make. The contacts e-hermetically-sealed, NEMA 1.

hermetically-sealed,

1. NEMA main in this transferred position until SAuxiliary timed and instantaneous switches can be added for greater switching the coil is deenergized, at which time flexibility.

flexiiy c

.a Nt,, " te switchi instantaneously the sitch returns to tataneously returns to SMany mounting options: Surface mount, Panel mount, Octal plug-in mounting.

• Options: quick-connect terminals, dial stops, and transient protection module. i i p o.

• Easy-to-reach screw terminals, all on the face of the unit, clearly identified. ' r ater te dergg the coil, ilher ring d

• Modular assembly - timing head, coil assembly and switchblock are all othe unit within 50 msec individual modules, with switches field-replaceable. .. It illthen provide a full delay period ioeBU.. i Co*nsiLtt-io upon re-energization, regardless of Design & Construction how often the coil voltage is interrupt-There are three main components of Series 7000 Timing Relays: ed before the unit has been permitted Calibrated Timing Head uses no needle valve, recirculates air under to "time-out" to its full delay setting.

controlled pressure through a variable orifice to provide linearly adjustable timing. Patented design provides instant recycling, easy adjustment and long Off-delay model 7022 (delay on dropout) service life under severe operating conditions.

Precision-Wound Potted Coil module supplies the initial motive force uo Tn u Applying voltage to the coil (for at with minimum current drain. Total sealing without external leads eliminates least 50 msec) will instantaneously moisture problems, gives maximum insulation value. I~ 7Ie- - transfer the switch, breaking the nor-Snap-Action Switch Assembly - custom-designed over-center mally closed contacts (1-5 and 2-6),

mechanism provides greater contact pressure up to transfer time for oOnoa and making the normally open positive, no flutter action. Standard switches are DPDT arrangement, with contacts (3-5 and 4-6). Contacts flexible beryllium copper blades and silver-cadmium oxide contacts. Special ... remain in this transferred position as "timing-duty" design assures positive wiping action, sustained contact pres- -....

• 'I.. long as the coil is energized. The sure and greater heat dissipation during long delay periods. r . i- time delay begins immediately upon Each of these subassemblies forms a self-contained module which is oNi . " I de-energization. At the end of the de-then assembled at the factory with the other two to afford a wide choice of oN ' o,.p.a lay period the switch returns to its operating types, coil voltages, and timing ranges. I ,.". normal position.

The squared design with front terminals and rearmounting permits the r N. Re-energizing the coil during the grouping of Series 7000 units side-by-side in minimum panel space. o, .. i , delay period will immediately return Auxiliary switches may be added in the base of the unit, without affecting ........ the timing mechanism to a point the overall width or depth. 'c f . r; where it will provide a full delay t;,o .t t period upon subsequent de-2""_

I.o--- L

- . __o Ai -_ energization. The switch remains in Operation ,i,,e1, .*1*,, the transferred position.

Two basic operating types are available.

"On-Delay" models provide a delay period on energization, at the end of To increase the versatility of the basic timer models, auxiliary switches may which the switch transfers the load from one set of contacts to another. De- be added to either on-delay or off-delay types. They switch additional circuits, energizing the unit during the delay period immediately recycles the unit, provide two-step timing action, or furnish electrical interlock for sustained coil readying it for another full delay period on re-energization. energization from a momentary impulse, depending on the type selected and In "Off-Delay" models the switch transfers the load immediately upon its adjustment. Because of their simple attachment and adjustment features, energization, and the delay period does not begin until the unit is de- they can be installed at the factory or in the field, by any competent mechanic.

energized. At the end of the delay period the switch returns to its original po- All auxiliary switches are SPDT with UL listings of-1 A @ 125, 250, or 480 sition. Re-energizing the unit during the delay period immediately resets the VAC. A maximum of one Code T or two Code L auxiliary switches may be timing, readying it for another full delay period on de-energization. No power added to each relay. The L or LL switch is available with on-delay relays only.

is required during the timing period. The T switch isavailable with both the on-delay and off-delay relays.

In addition to these basic operating types, 'Double-Head" models offer Auxiliary Switch Options for On-Delay sequential delays on pull-in and drop-out in one unit. With the addition of Instant Transfer (Auxiliary Switch Code L, auxiliary switches the basic models provide two-step timing, pulse actuation maximum of 2 per relay.)

for interlock circuits, or added circuit capacity. 1. Energizing coil begins time delay and transfers auxiliary switch.

2. Main switch transfers after total preset delay.

3. De-energizing coil resets both switches instantly.

Auxiliary switch is nonadjustable.

Two-Step Timing (Auxiliary Switch Code T, maximum of 1 per relay.)

Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are ininches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com 1248 reference purposes only. (millimeters) unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support:

specified. Refer to inside back cover.

tlyco Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Electronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 2 of 6 AGASTAT Auxiliary switch options To increase the versatility of the basic timer models, auxiliary switches may 4. De-energizing coil resets both switches instantly. First delay is be added to either on-delay or off-delay types. They switch additional circuits, independently adjustable, up to 30% of overall delay.

provide two-step timing action, or furnish electrical interlock for sustained coil (Recommended maximum 100 seconds.)

energization from a momentary impulse, depending on the type selected and Auxiliary Switch Options for Off-Delay its adjustment. Because of their simple attachment and adjustment features, In these models the same auxiliary switch provides either two-step timing or they can be installed at the factory or in the field, by any competent mechanic. instant transfer action, depending on the adjustment of the actuator.

All auxiliary switches are SPDT with UL listings of 10A @ 125, 250, or 480 VAC. Two-Step Timing (Auxiliary Switch Code T, maximum of 1 per relay.)

A maximum of one Code T or two Code L auxiliary switches may be added to 1. Energizing coil transfers main and auxiliary switches instantly.

each relay. The L or LL switch is available with on-delay relays only. The T 2. De-energizing coil begins time delay.

switch is available with both the on-delay and off-delay relays. 3. After first delay auxiliary switch transfers.

Auxiliary Switch Options for On-Delay 4. Main switch transfers after total preset delay. First delay is independently Instant Transfer (Auxiliary Switch Code L, maximum of 2 per relay.) adjustable, up to 30% of overall delay. (Recommended maximum 100 sec-

1. Energizing coil begins time delay and transfers auxiliary switch. onds.)

2. Main switch transfers after total preset delay. Instant Transfer (Auxiliary Switch Code L, maximum of 1 per relay.)

3. De-energizing coil resets both switches instantly. 1. Energizing coil transfers main and auxiliary switches instantly.

Auxiliary switch is nonadjustable. 2. De-energizing coil resets auxiliary switch and begins time delay.

Two-Step Timing (Auxiliary Switch Code T, maximum of 1 per relay.) 3. Main switch transfers after total preset delay.

1. Energizing coil begins time delay. Auxiliary switch is factory adjusted to give instant transfer operation, but may

2. After first delay auxiliary switch transfers. be easily adjusted in the field to provide two-step timing.

3. Main switch transfers after total preset delay.

On-delay, off-delay model 7032 (double head)

L Li oYl STenergization.

L2

.^l The Double Head model provides delayed switch transfer on 7VVVV energization of its coil, followed by delayed resetting upon coil de-Each delay period is independently adjustable.

In new circuit designs or the improvement of existing controls now using two or more conventional timers, the Double Head unit offers distinct 1

IOF advantages.

SIts compact design saves precious panel space, while the simplified Cl Coil Energied Denerglzed wiring reduces costly interconnection.

CONTACTS (C )Closed CONTACTS NC. SI a aeOpen Closed (s-el (2) I Open

-- l eln Delay Setti ng Se g Four pole model 7014. 7024 Li L2 With the addition of an extra switch block at the bottom of the basic unit, this version of the Series 7000 offers four pole switch capacity with simul-taneous timing or two-step timing. The two-step operation is achieved by factory adjustment to your specifications.

7 ilower switches of 3:2 is recommended. Once adjusted at the factory, this

.. ratio remains constant regardless of changes in dial settings. (Ex: If upper I" switch transfer is set on dial at 60 sec., minimum time on lower switch

-up should be 40 sec.)

This Series 7000 unit offers many of the performance features found in L, 12 basic models - voltage ranges, timing and switch capacities are virtually iden-tical.

S~~ D . Four pole models add approximately 1-1/4" to the maximum height of the oD* basic model, approximately 1/8" to the depth. They are designed for vertical So ~operation only.

4 Drop 4 I Surge/transient protection option Features The Surge/Transient Protection Option protects electronic control circuits from

• Protect electronic control circuits transients and surges which are generated when the timer coil isactivated.

from voltage transients generated Built with a minimum of moving parts, the unit provides a fast response to rap-by the timer coil. idly rising voltage transients. The accurate, precision-made device is not polari-

• Fast response to the rapidly rising ty sensitive and permits the user to initiate, delay, sequence and program back E.M.F. equipment actions over a wide range of applications under the most severe

• High performance clamping voltage operating conditions.

characteristics. It consists of a specially modified coil case, varistor, varistor cover, terminal

• UL recognized, (except varistor and extensions and cup washers so that normal terminations can be used. The coil together). varistor will not affect the operating characteristics of the 7000 Timer. The

• Timer NOT polarity sensitive. varistor has bilateral and symmetrical voltage and current characteristics and therefore can be used in place of the back-to-back zener diodes. This charac-teristic also means that the coil will not be polarity sensitive.

Transient Suppressor Option "V" Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are in inches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com reference purposes only. (millimeters) unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support: 1249 specified. Refer to inside back cover.

tfco Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Electronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 3 of 6 AGASTAT Timing Specifications (All values shown are at nominal voltage and 25°C unless otherwise specified).

Operating Modes: Minimum operating voltages are based on vertically mounted 7012 units.

Model 7012/7014: On-delay (delay on pick-up). 7012 horizontally mounted or 7022 vertically or horizontally mounted units Model 7022/7024: Off-delay (delay on drop-out). will operate satisfactorily at minimum voltages approximately 5% lower than Model 7032: On-delay, off-delay (double head). those listed.

Timing Adjustment: Timing is set by simply turning the dial to the desired AC units drop out at approximately 50% of rated voltage. DC units drop out time value. In the zone of approximately 250 separating the high and low at approximately 10% of rated voltage.

end of timing ranges A,D,E, and K, instantaneous operation (no time delay) All units may be operated on intermittent duty cycles at voltages 10% above will occur. All other ranges produce an infinite time delay when the dial is the listed maximums (intermittent duty - maximum 50% duty cycle and 30 set in this zone. minutes "on"time.)

Models 7014 and 7032 are available with letter-calibrated dials only. The upper end of the time ranges in these models may be twice the values Surge/Transient Protection Option Characteristics (DC Timers Only) shown. 7012, Models 7014, Coil Voltage Max Excess Max De-energization iming Ranges:

nead Linear Timing Ranges: e Models 72 odel704 Nominal (DC) Energy Capacity (Joule) Transient Voltage A .1 to 1 Sec. .2 to 2 Sec. 12V 0.4 J 48V B .5 to 5 Sec. .7 to 7 Sec. 24 V 1.8 J 93 V C 1.5 to 15 Sec 2 to 20 Sec. 28V 1.8J 93V D 5 to 50 Sec. 10 to 100 Sec. 32V 2.5 J 135V E 20 to 200 Sec. 30 to 300 Sec. 48V 3.57 J 145 V F 1 to 10 Min. 1.5 to 15 Min. 60V 6J 250V H 3 to 30 Min. 3 to 30 Min. 96V 10J 340V I 6 to 60 Min. Not Avail. 110V 10J 340V J 3 to 120 Cyc. Not Avail. 125 V 10J 340 V K 1 to 300 Sec. Not Avail. 220 V 17J 366 V Repeat Accuracy: 250 V 17J 366 V For delays of 200 seconds or less: 7012*, 7022, 7024: +5%

7014*: +/-10% Surge Life 7032: +15% Applied 100,000 times continuously with the interval of 10 seconds at room For delays greater than 200 seconds: 7012*, 7022, 7014*, 7024: +10% temperature. Below 68 VAC: 12A; Above 68 VAC: 35A 7032: +15% Temperature Range 0 0

• The first time delay afforded by Model 7012 with H (3 to 30 min.) and I (6 Operating: -22°F to +167°F (-300 Cto + 75 C) 0 to 60 min.) time ranges or Model 7014 with Htime range will be approx. Storage: -40°F to +167°F (-40 C to +75 C) 15% longer than subsequent delays due to coil temperature rise.

Reset Time: 50 msec. (except model 7032) Output/Life Contact Ratings: Contact Capacity in Amps (Resistive Load)

Relay Release Time: 50 msec. for on-delay models (7012/7014) Contact Min. 100,000 Min. 1,000,000 Relay Operate Time: 50 msec. for off-delay models (7022/7024) Voltage Operations Operations 30 VDC 15.0 7.0 110 VDC 1.0 0.5 Operating Voltage Coil Data (for DPDT) 120 V 60Hz 20.0 15.0 240 V60Hz 20.0 15.0 Operating* Operating 480 V 60Hz 12.0 10.0 Coil Code Rated Voltage Rated Voltage 10 Amps Resistive, 240 VAC Part # Letter Voltage Range Voltage Range 1/4 Horsepower, 120 VAC/240VAC (per pole)

@ 60Hz @50Hz 15 Amps 30 VDC (per pole) 7000 A 120 102-132 110 93.5-121 5 Amps, General Purpose, 600VAC (per pole)

B 240 204-264 220 187-242 Dielectric: Withstands 1500 volts RMS 60Hz between terminals and C 480 408-528 ground. 1,000 volts RMS 60 Hz between non-connected terminals. For D 550 468-605 dielectric specification on hermetically sealed models consult factory.

E 24 20.5-26.5 Insulation Resistance: 500 Megohms0 with 500VDC applied. 0 0 AC F 127 108-140 Temperature Range: Operating: -200 Fto +165OF (-29 C to 74 C)

G 240 204-264 Storage: -67 Fto +165°F (-55°C to 74C)

H 12 10.2-13.2 Temperature Variation: Using a fixed time delay0which0 was set and S 6 5.1-6.6 measured when the ambient temperature was 77 F (25 C), the maximum J 208 178-229 observed shift in the average of three0 consecutive time delays was -20% at

-20°F (-29 C) and +20% at 165°F (74 C).

0 K Dual Voltage Coil (Combines A&B) Mounting/Terminals: Normal mounting of the basic unit is in a vertical L Special AC Coils position, from the back of the panel. A front mounting bracket is also (L1, L2, etc.) supplied with each basic unit, for installation from the front of the panel.

All units are calibrated for vertical operation. Basic models (7012, 7022) 7010 M 28 22.4-30.8 may also be horizontally mounted, and will be adjusted accordingly when N 48 38.4-52.8 Accessory Y1 is specified in your order.

O 24 19.2-26.4 Standard screw terminals (8-32 truss head screws supplied) are located P 125 100-137.5 on the front of the unit, with permanent schematic markings. Barrier O 12 9.6-13.2 isolation is designed to accommodate spade or ring tongue terminals, with R 60 48-66 spacing to meet all industrial control specifications.

DC S 250 200-275 The basic Series 7000 may also be panel mounted with the addition of a T 550 440-605 panelmount kit that includes all necessary hardware and faceplate. This U 16 12.8-17.6 offers the convenience of "out-front" adjustment, with large calibrated dial V 32 25.8-35.2 skirt knob. The faceplate and knob blend with advanced equipment and W 96 76.8-105.6 console designs, while the body of the unit and its wiring are protected Y 6 4.8-6.6 behind the panel.

Z 220 176-242 Other mounting options include plug-in styles and special configurations X Special DC Coils to meet unusual installation requirements. Contact factory for details.

(X1, X2, etc.) Power Consumption: Approximately 8 watts power at rated voltage.

Approximate Weights:

• Four pole Models: Operational voltage range 90% to 110% for AC units; Models 7012, 7022 ....... 2 Ibs. 4 ozs.

85% to 110% for DC units. 7014, 7024 ....... 2 Ibs. 10 ozs.

7032 ............ 3 Ibs. 5 ozs.

Weight may vary slightly with coil voltage.

See next column for more coil data.

Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are ininches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com 1250 reference purposes only. (millimeters) unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support:

specified. Refer to inside back cover.

tico Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Electronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 4 of 6 AGASTAT Outline Dimensions (Dimensions in inches).

Models 7012, 7022 Models 7014, 7024 Model 7032

-- 3.25-- .*1Dia. 3--

3.38---

.2.8 Mounting 3.25 --- .199 Dia. 1--3.00-

-- 2.88 Holes " 2.88- Mounting 38 1.75

.38- -1.75 2 Holes38 -175

.25 .38 _ 1.75 .25 J 1.17

__IIF J.25 L 26 2.

4.52 0 0

3 1.0 0 0 .50 3.84 3.34

-0.50 1.75 MaxO 2.50 5 .50 O748 2.50 3.00 Max.

Auxiliary - #8-328-32 Switch (4)Mtg. . .19 dia.

(Optional) . Holes #832 Mounting 2.57 Max.- -2.57 Max. (4)Mtg. Holes (4)

Holes Max. 14-2.57 Max.-*

3.09 3.09 MMax.x L A *'S'\

- -- - - -L A--3 Max.

Panel mount Option "X" Surge/Transient Protection Option 2.57 ,0.43 S.. ...

3.52 Customers

.Max Panel .'8 Can bemountedt a / Max 8 with terminals on -

bottom de or top LMI " -I --

si o 6.23 c Max.

Auxiliary 4.76 Varistor Cover Coll Case (Optional) I. Terminal Extension

( i.5oM ax. Cup Washer 3.81 1.406 2.812 3.81 Typ. 2.36 dia.

.156 Dia.

Mounting Holes (4)

Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are in inches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com reference purposes only. (millimeters) unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support: 1251 specified. Refer to inside back cover.

tqCO Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A Electronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 5 of 6 AGASTAT Ordering Information Typical Part No. > 70 1 2 A D GZ

1. Basic Series:

70 = 7000 series electropneumatic timing relay

2. Operation:

1 = On-delay 3 = On-delay, off-delay (double head) 2 = Off-delay

3. Contact Arrangement:

2 2PDT (2 form C) "4 = 4PDT (4 form C)

4. Coil Voltage:

AC Coils DC Coils A = 120VAC, 60 Hz.; 110VAC, 50Hz. M = 28VDC B = 240VAC, 60 Hz.; 220VAC, 50Hz. N = 48VDC C = 480VAC, 60 Hz. O = 24VDC D = 550VAC, 60 Hz. P =125VDC E = 24VAC, 60 Hz. O = 12VDC F = 127VAC, 50 Hz. R = 60VDC G = 240VAC, 50Hz. S = 250VDC H = 12VAC, 60 Hz. T = 550VDC K = Dual voltage (combines A & B) U = 16VDC L = Special AC coils (L1, L2, etc.) V = 32VDC W = 96VDC Y = 6VDC Z = 220VDC X = Special DC coils (X1,X2, etc.)

5. "TimingRange:

Models 7012, 7022 & 7024 tModels 7014 & 7032 A = 1 to 1 sec. For model 7032 specify separate time B = .5 to 5 sec. range code for each head. Example: AB, C =1.5 to 15 sec. Any two ranges may be selected.

D = 5 to 50 sec. A = .2 to 2 sec.

E =20 to 200 sec. B= ,7 to 7 sec.

F= 1 tol10min. C = 2 to 20 sec, H= 3to30 min. D = 10 to 100 sec.

I =6 to 60 min. E = 30 to 300 sec, SJ=3to 120 cyc, F= .5 to 15min.

K = 1 to 300 sec. H = 3 to 30 min.

6. Options:

Al = Single quick-connect terminals (note 4). K = Explosion-proof Enclosure (note 1).

A2 = Double quick-connect terminals (note 4). L = Auxiliary Switch, instant transfer. 7012 only (notes 2 & 6).

B = Plug-in connectors (note 4). LL = Two Aux. Switches, instant transfer. On Model 7014 Factory Installed Only. (notes 2 & 6)

GZ = Enclosure wth bottom knockouts (note 1). M = Dust-tight Gasketing (notes 4 & 5).

H2 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 8 pin solder (notes 1 & 4). P = Octal Plug Adapter. Can be combined only with options 11,12. M, S, X, or Y1. (note 4).

H3 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 8 pin octal (notes 1 & 4). S = Dial Stops.

H4 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 8 screw terminal block (notes 1& 4). T = Auxiliary Switch, two-step timing (notes 2 & 6).

• H6 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 11 pin solder (notes 1 & 4). V = Transient/Surge Protection (for DC coil voltage only).

• H7 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 11 pin octal (notes 1 & 4). W = Watertight Enclosure (note 1).

• H8 = Hermetically sealed enclosure, 11 screw terminal block (notes 1& 4). X = Panelmount includes hardware and adjustment for horizontal operation (note 4) 11= Tamper-proof Cap, opaque black (Cannot be combined with Option X). Y1 = Horizontal calibration, for horizontal operation without panelmounting (note 4).

12= Tamper-proof Cap, transparent (Cannot be combined with Option X). Y2 = Horizontal calibration, with Compensating Spring for vertical operation (note 4).

Notes:

1. Cannot be combined with B, P or X Options

2. Cannot be combined with B, P or Y2 Options

3. Cannot be combined with GZ, H, 11,12, K, W or Y1 Options

4. Not Avail. on 4-Pole Models

5. Not Available with L, T or LL options.

6. Not Available on hermetically sealed units.

• Sized to accommodate one L or T Auxiliary Switch

• Not available on On-Delay, Off-Delay (Double Head) model.

t Available with letter calibrated dials only. Upper end of time range may be twice the value shown tt 120 cycles = 2 sec, Our authorized distributors are more likely to maintain the following items in stock for immediate delivery..

7012AA 7012BC 7012PKX 7022AI 7012AB 7012NC 7012PJX 7022AJ 7012AC 7012PA 7022AA 7022AKT 7012AD 7012PB 7022AB 7022BC 7012AE 7012PC 7022AC 7022BK 7012AF 7012PD 7022AD 7022PA 7012AH 7012PF 7022AE 7022PB 7012AK 7012PJ 7022AF 7022PC 7012ACL 7012PK 7022AH 7022PK Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are in inches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com 1252 reference purposes only. (millimeters) unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support:

specified. Refer to inside back cover.

ttfCD Catalog 1308242 DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A iEectronics Issued 3-03 (PDF Rev. 10-07) Attachment U Page 6 of 6 AGASTAT Ordering options - can only be orderd as factory installed options (Dimensions, where shown, are in inches.)

Al - Single Quick-Connect Terminals A2 - Double Quick-Connect Terminals B - Plug-In Connectors sewith Accessory C" or "D" below.

GZ - Total Enclosure H - Hermetically Sealed Enclosure I - Tamper-Proof Cover With knockouts for bottom

- connection.

3.16" W x 3.84" Dx 7.63"H K - Explosion proof Enclosure L - Auxiliary Switch LL - Auxiliary Switch S(Meets requirements for Class I, Groups C&D locations).

7.50'W x 6.00" D x 10.38" H M - Dustight P - Octal Plug Adapter S - Dial Stops S -Gasket Gasket T - Auxiliary Switch V - Transient/Surge Protection W - Watertight Enclosure (NEMA-4)

-sin 4.75" W x 4.44" D x 9.75" H X - Panelmount Kit SMounting hardware included.

Accessories (Not available for 7032 models)

Plug-In Receptacle (Accessory C) Plug-In Receptacle (Accessory D)

Screw Terminals Catalog Quick Connect No. 700137. For use with Terminals "B"Option Catalog No. 700141.

For use with "B' Option.

Ordering options can only be ordered as factory installed options.

Dimensions are shown for Dimensions are ininches over Specifications and availability www.tycoelectronics.com reference purposes only. (millimetersl unless otherwise subject to change. Technical support: 1253 specified. Refer to inside back cover.

42.302.07 As-Found As-Left Data DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A for Pick-Up (Operate) Setting and Time Delay Attachment V Page 1 of 4 Pickup Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Relay Date AF AL  % Drift AF AL % Drift Relay Date AF AL  % Drift AF AL  % Drift XY-27A 2/5/1999 87.53 2.00 XY-27B 2/5/1999 114.42 2.03 10/31/2000 87.49 86.69 -0.05% 2.01 2.01 0.50% 10/31/2000 114.49 113.00 0.06% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

5/3/2002 86.90 86.90 0.24% 2.00 2.00 -0.50% 5/3/2002 113.10 113.10 0.09% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

2/21/2004 87.00 87.00 0.12% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 2/21/2004 113.20 113.20 0.09% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

4/28/2005 87.30 86.60 0.34% 2.00 2.01 0.00% 4/28/2005 113.30 113.30 0.09% 2.04 2.04 0.49%

10/27/2006 86.50 86.50 -0.12% 2.00 2.00 -0.40% 10/27/2006 113.20 113.20 -0.09% 2.03 2.03 -0.44%

6/20/2008 86.70 86.70 0.23% 2.00 2.00 -0.10% 6/20/2008 113.40 113.40 0.18% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

1/22/2010 87.00 87.00 0.35% 2.00 2.00 -0.05% 1/22/2010 113.30 113.30 -0.09% 2.03 2.03 -0.05%

YZ-27A 2/5/1999 87.73 2.00 YZ-27B 2/5/1999 114.42 2.01 10/31/2000 87.69 86.58 -0.05% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 10/31/2000 114.29 112.89 -0.11% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

5/3/2002 86.80 86.80 0.25% 2.02 2.02 1.00% 5/3/2002 113.20 113.20 0.27% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

2/21/2004 86.80 86.80 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.99% 2/21/2004 113.20 113.20 0.00% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

4/28/2005 87.10 87.10 0.35% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 4/28/2005 113.40 113.40 0.18% 2.02 2.02 0.50%

10/27/2006 87.00 87.00 -0.11% 2.00 2.00 0.15% 10/27/2006 113.30 113.30 -0.09% 2.01 2.01 -0.59%

6/20/2008 87.20 86.60 0.23% 2.00 2.00 -0.15% 6/20/2008 113.50 112.70 0.18% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

1/22/2010 86.80 86.80 0.23% 2.00 2.00 0.05% 1/22/2010 112.70 112.70 0.00% 2.01 0.10%

XN-27C 2/5/1999 87.54 2.00 XN-27D 2/5/1999 114.23 2.03 10/31/2000 87.69 87.69 0.17% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 10/31/2000 114.19 114.19 -0.04% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

5/3/2002 87.70 87.70 0.01% 2.01 2.01 0.50% 5/3/2002 114.50 114.50 0.27% 2.01 2.03 -0.99%

2/21/2004 87.70 87.70 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.50% 2/21/2004 114.50 114.50 0.00% 2.03 2.03 0.00%

4/28/2005 87.80 87.80 0.11% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 4/28/2005 114.60 114.00 0.09% 2.04 2.02 0.49%

10/27/2006 87.90 87.90 0.11% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 10/27/2006 113.90 113.90 -0.09% 2.03 2.03 0.69%

6/20/2008 88.00 87.50 0.11% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 6/20/2008 114.10 114.10 0.18% 2.03 2.03 -0.15%

1/22/2010 87.50 87.50 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.15% 1/22/2010 114.20 114.20 0.09% 2.03 2.03 -0.05%

YN-27C 2/5/1999 87.83 2.00 ZN-27D 2/5/1999 114.52 2.02 10/31/2000 87.78 87.78 -0.06% 2.01 2.01 0.50% 10/31/2000 114.00 113.80 -0.45% 2.02 1.98 0.00%

5/3/2002 88.00 88.00 0.25% 2.00 2.00 -0.50% 5/3/2002 114.50 114.50 0.62% 1.98 1.98 0.00%

2/21/2004 88.00 88.00 0.00% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 2/21/2004 114.30 114.30 -0.17% 1.98 1.98 0.00%

4/28/2005 88.30 87.40 0.34% 2.00 2.00 0.00% 4/28/2005 114.30 114.30 0.00% 1.98 1.98 0.00%

10/27/2006 87.30 87.30 -0.11% 2.00 2.00 0.05% 10/27/2006 114.40 114.40 0.09% 1.98 1.98 -0.10%

6/20/2008 87.30 87.30 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.05% 6/20/2008 114.40 114.40 0.00% 1.98 1.98 -0.05%

1/22/2010 87.50 87.50 0.23% 2.00 2.00 -0.10% 1/22/2010 114.50 114.50 0.09% 1.98 0.20 0.15%

1RU62 2/5/1999 41.60 10/31/2000 41.73 41.73 0.31%

5/3/2002 43.21 42.89 3.55%

2/21/2004 41.01 41.01 -4.38%

4/28/2005 43.17 42.88 5.27%

10/27/2006 38.60 41.40 -9.98%

6/20/2008 42.30 42.30 2.17%

1/22/2010 40.40 41.60 -4.49%

42.302.08 As-Found As-Left Data DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A for Pick-Up (Operate) Setting Attachment V Page 2 of 4 and Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Pickup Time Delay DSN Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift DSN Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift XY-27A 2/11/1999 87.93 87.93 2.02 2.02 XY-27B 2/11/1999 114.28 114.28 2.00 2.00 11/7/2000 88.02 86.62 0.10% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 11/7/2000 114.19 112.69 -0.08% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/10/2002 86.60 86.60 -0.02% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 5/10/2002 113.00 113.00 0.28% 2.01 2.01 0.50%

12/5/2003 86.70 86.70 0.12% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 12/5/2003 114.40 113.00 1.24% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

5/5/2005 86.70 86.70 0.00% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 5/5/2005 111.30 112.70 -1.50% 2.00 2.00 -0.50%

11/29/2006 86.70 86.70 0.00% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 11/29/2006 112.70 112.70 0.00% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/2/2008 87.00 87.00 0.35% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 5/2/2008 112.80 112.80 0.09% 2.00 2.00 0.20%

1/29/2010 87.00 88.00 0.00% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 1/29/2010 112.80 112.80 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.10%

YZ-27A 2/11/1999 87.94 87.94 2.01 2.01 YZ-27B 2/11/1999 114.68 114.68 2.00 2.00 11/7/2000 87.94 86.62 0.00% 2.01 2.01 0.00% 11/7/2000 113.89 113.00 -0.69% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/10/2002 86.60 86.60 -0.02% 2.01 2.01 0.00% 5/10/2002 113.30 113.30 0.27% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

12/5/2003 86.70 86.70 0.12% 2.01 2.01 0.00% 12/5/2003 113.50 113.00 0.18% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/5/2005 86.80 86.80 0.12% 2.01 2.01 0.00% 5/5/2005 112.20 112.70 -0.71% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

11/29/2006 86.80 86.80 0.00% 2.00 2.00 -0.50% 11/29/2006 112.70 112.70 0.00% 1.99 1.99 -0.50%

5/2/2008 86.90 86.90 0.12% 2.01 2.01 0.35% 5/2/2008 112.80 112.80 0.09% 2.00 2.00 0.25%

1/29/2010 87.00 87.00 0.12% 2.01 2.01 0.15% 1/29/2010 113.00 113.00 0.18% 1.99 1.99 -0.05%

XN-27C 2/11/1999 87.88 87.88 2.02 2.02 XN-27D 2/11/1999 114.63 114.63 2.01 2.01 11/7/2000 87.93 87.93 0.06% 2.02 2.02 0.00% 11/7/2000 114.00 114.00 -0.55% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

5/10/2002 87.90 87.90 -0.03% 2.01 2.01 -0.50% 5/10/2002 114.20 114.20 0.18% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

12/5/2003 88.02 87.80 0.14% 2.01 2.01 0.00% 12/5/2003 114.50 113.90 0.26% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

5/5/2005 87.10 87.10 -0.80% 2.02 2.02 0.50% 5/5/2005 114.00 114.00 0.09% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

11/29/2006 87.10 87.10 0.00% 2.01 2.01 -0.50% 11/29/2006 113.90 113.90 -0.09% 2.01 2.01 0.00%

5/2/2008 87.20 87.20 0.11% 2.01 2.01 0.15% 5/2/2008 114.20 114.20 0.26% 2.01 2.01 0.15%

1/29/2010 87.20 87.20 0.00% 2.01 2.01 -0.15% 1/29/2010 114.20 114.20 0.00% 2.01 2.01 -0.10%

YN-27C 2/11/1999 87.87 87.87 2.04 2.04 ZN-27D 2/11/1999 113.94 113.94 2.00 2.00 11/7/2000 87.80 87.80 -0.08% 2.04 2.04 0.00% 11/7/2000 113.72 113.72 -0.19% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/10/2002 88.00 88.00 0.23% 2.04 2.04 0.00% 5/10/2002 114.00 114.00 0.25% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

12/5/2003 88.60 87.10 0.68% 2.04 2.04 0.00% 12/5/2003 114.10 114.10 0.09% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/5/2005 87.10 87.10 0.00% 2.04 2.04 0.00% 5/5/2005 114.30 114.30 0.18% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

11/29/2006 87.10 87.10 0.00% 2.04 2.04 0.00% 11/29/2006 114.10 114.10 -0.17% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

5/2/2008 86.90 87.30 -0.23% 2.04 2.04 -0.05% 5/2/2008 114.30 114.30 0.18% 2.00 2.00 0.00%

1/29/2010 87.30 87.30 0.00% 2.04 2.04 0.05% 1/29/2010 114.40 114.40 0.09% 2.00 2.00 -0.05%

1RV62 2/11/1999 43.46 41.83 11/7/2000 41.10 41.10 -1.75%

5/10/2002 42.60 42.60 3.65%

12/5/2003 42.88 42.88 0.66%

5/5/2005 41.20 41.20 -3.92%

11/29/2006 39.30 41.40 -4.61%

5/2/2008 41.70 41.70 0.72%

1/29/2010 41.60 41.60 -0.24%

42.302.09 As-Found As-Left Data DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A for Pick-Up (Operate) Setting Attachment V Page 3 of 4 and Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Relay Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift Relay Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift XY-27A 11/21/2000 88.700 88.200 1.990 1.990 XY-27B 11/21/2000 106.800 105.500 2.000 2.000 5/28/2002 88.100 88.100 -0.11% 1.970 1.970 -1.01% 5/28/2002 105.600 105.600 0.09% 1.990 1.990 -0.50%

12/9/2003 88.400 88.400 0.34% 1.970 1.970 0.00% 12/9/2003 108.100 105.900 2.37% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

6/10/2005 88.400 88.400 0.00% 1.970 1.970 0.00% 6/10/2005 105.000 105.400 -0.85% 2.000 2.000 0.50%

10/13/2006 88.400 88.400 0.00% 1.969 1.969 -0.05% 10/13/2006 105.400 105.400 0.00% 1.998 1.998 -0.10%

6/6/2008 88.400 88.400 0.00% 1.967 1.967 -0.10% 6/6/2008 105.500 105.500 0.09% 2.003 2.003 0.25%

12/4/2009 88.400 88.400 0.00% 1.960 1.960 -0.36% 12/4/2009 105.500 105.500 0.00% 2.000 2.000 -0.15%

3/1/2010 88.400 88.400 0.00% 1.960 1.960 0.00% 3/1/2010 105.500 105.500 0.00% 1.995 1.995 -0.25%

YZ-27A 11/21/2000 88.400 87.900 2.000 2.000 YZ-27B 11/21/2000 106.900 105.900 2.000 2.000 5/28/2002 87.800 87.800 -0.11% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 5/28/2002 106.100 106.100 0.19% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

12/9/2003 87.900 87.900 0.11% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 12/9/2003 106.100 106.100 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

6/10/2005 87.800 87.800 -0.11% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 6/10/2005 106.100 106.100 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

10/13/2006 87.900 87.900 0.11% 2.004 2.004 0.20% 10/13/2006 106.000 106.000 -0.09% 2.005 2.005 0.25%

6/6/2008 87.900 87.900 0.00% 2.002 2.002 -0.10% 6/6/2008 106.100 106.100 0.09% 2.004 2.004 -0.05%

12/4/2009 88.000 88.000 0.11% 2.000 2.000 -0.10% 12/4/2009 106.200 106.200 0.09% 2.000 2.000 -0.20%

3/1/2010 88.000 88.000 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 3/1/2010 105.900 105.900 -0.28% 2.003 2.003 0.15%

XN-27C 11/21/2000 89.100 89.100 2.010 2.010 YN-27D 11/21/2000 106.900 106.900 2.000 2.000 5/28/2002 89.300 89.300 0.22% 2.000 2.000 -0.50% 5/28/2002 107.100 107.100 0.19% 1.990 1.990 -0.50%

12/9/2003 90.600 88.600 1.46% 2.010 2.010 0.50% 12/9/2003 107.200 107.200 0.09% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

6/10/2005 87.900 87.900 -0.79% 2.000 2.000 -0.50% 6/10/2005 107.100 107.100 -0.09% 2.010 2.010 1.01%

10/13/2006 88.400 88.400 0.57% 2.006 2.006 0.30% 10/13/2006 107.000 107.000 -0.09% 1.998 1.998 -0.60%

6/6/2008 88.400 88.400 0.00% 2.003 2.003 -0.15% 6/6/2008 107.200 107.200 0.19% 1.998 1.998 0.00%

12/4/2009 88.400 88.400 0.00% 2.000 2.000 -0.15% 12/4/2009 107.300 107.300 0.09% 2.000 2.000 0.10%

3/1/2010 88.400 88.400 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 3/1/2010 107.100 107.100 -0.19% 1.995 1.995 YN-27C 11/21/2000 88.600 88.600 2.01Q 2.010 ZN-27D 11/21/2000 106.800 106.800 2.010 2.010 5/28/2002 89.000 89.000 0.45% 1.990 1.990 -1.00% 5/28/2002 107.100 107.100 0.28% 2.010 2.010 0.00%

12/9/2003 89.700 88.700 0.79% 1.990 1.990 0.00% 12/9/2003 107.320 107.000 0.21% 2.010 2.010 0.00%

6/10/2005 88.200 88.700 -0.56% 2.000 2.000 0.50% 6/10/2005 106.800 106.800 -0.19% 2.010 2.010 0.00%

10/13/2006 88.700 88.700 0.00% 1.995 1.995 -0.25% 10/13/2006 106.700 106.700 -0.09% 2.011 2.011 0.05%

6/6/2008 88.800 88.800 0.11% 1.992 1.992 -0.15% 6/6/2008 106.900 106.900 0.19% 2.009 2.009 -0.10%

12/4/2009 88.900 88.900 0.11% 1.990 1.990 -0.10% 12/4/2009 107.000 107.000 0.09% 2.010 2.010 0.05%

3/1/2010 88.900 88.900 0.00% 1.990 1.990 p.00% 3/1/2010 107.200 107.200 0.19% 2.008 2.008 -0.10%

YN-27D 11/21/2000 19.800 19.800 5/28/2002 20.090 19.320 1.46%

12/9/2003 19.300 19.300 -0.10%

6/10/2005 19.200 19.200 -0.52%

10/13/2006 19.900 19.900 3.65%

6/6/2008 20.100 19.500 1.01%

12/4/2009 27.200 19.700 39.49%

3/1/2010 16.520 19.260 -16.14%

42.302.10 As-Found As-Left Data DC-0919 Vol I DCD 1 Rev. A for Pick-Up (Operate) Setting Attachment V Page 4 of 4 and Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Pickup Time Delay Relay Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift Relay Date AF AL %Drift AF AL %Drift XY-27A 2/26/1999 89.070 89.070 2.000 2.000 XY-27B 2/26/1999 106.960 106.960 2.000 2.000 11/27/2000 89.190 88.480 0.13% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 11/27/2000 106.900 106.000 -0.06% 1.990 1.990 -0.50%

5/17/2002 88.300 88.300 -0.20% 1.990 1.990 -0.50% 5/17/2002 106.100 106.100 0.09% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

1/14/2004 88.500 88.500 0.23% 2.000 2.000 0.50% 1/14/2004 106.300 106.300 0.19% 2.000 2.000 0.50%

5/20/2005 88.300 88.300 -0.23% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 5/20/2005 106.400 105.600 0.09% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

11/17/2006 88.300 88.300 0.00% 1.990 1.990 -0.50% 11/17/2006 105.800 105.800 0.19% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/9/2008 88.300 88.300 0.00% 1.9)6 1.996 0.30% 5/9/2008 105.900 105.900 0.09% 1.995 1.995 -0.25%

12/11/2009 88.500 88.500 0.23% 1.994 1.994 -0.10% 12/11/2009 105.800 105.800 -0.09% 1.995 1.995 0.00%

YZ-27A 2/26/1999 89.360 88.760 1.980 1.980 YZ-27B 2/26/1999 107.170 107.170 2.000 2.000 11/27/2000 88.790 88.400 0.03% 1.980 1.980 0.00% 11/27/2000 107.300 106.100 0.12% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/17/2002 88.200 88.200 -0.23% 1.980 1.980 0.00% 5/17/2002 106.100 106.100 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

1/14/2004 88.500 88.500 0.34% 1.980 1.980 0.00% 1/14/2004 106.300 106.300 0.19% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/20/2005 88.300 88.300 -0.23% 1.980 1.980 0.00% 5/20/2005 106.200 106.200 -0.09% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

11/17/2006 88.300 88.300 0.00% 1.980 1.980 0.00% 11/17/2006 106.200 106.200 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/9/2008 88.300 88.300 0.00% 1,977 1.977 -0.15% 5/9/2008 106.300 106.300 0.09% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

12/11/2009 88.500 88.500 0.23% 1.975 1.975 -0.10% 12/11/2009 106.300 106.300 0.00% 1.999 1.999 -0.05%

XN-27C 2/26/1999 88.670 88.670 _ 2.000 2.000 YN-27D 2/26/1999 106.870 106.870 1.990 1.990 11/27/2000 88.780 88.780 0.12% 1.990 1.990 -0.50% 11/27/2000 106.900 106.900 0.03% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

5/17/2002 88.700 88.700 -0.09% 1.990 1.990 0.00% 5/17/2002 107.200 107.200 0.28% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

1/14/2004 88.900 88.900 0.23% 1.990 1.990 0.00% 1/14/2004 107.200 107.200 0.00% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

5/20/2005 88.700 88.700 -0.22% 1.990 1.990 0.00% 5/20/2005 107.200 107.200 0.00% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

11/17/2006 88.700 88.700 0.00% 1.990 1.990 0.00% 11/17/2006 107.300 107.300 0.09% 1.990 1.990 0.00%

5/9/2008 88.700 88.700 0.00% 1.995 1.995 0.25% 5/9/2008 107.500 107.100 0.19% 1.991 1.991 0.05%

12/11/2009 88.800 88.800 0.11% 1.994 1.994 -0.05% 12/11/2009 106.900 106.900 -0.19% 1.990 1.990 -0.05%

YN-27C 2/26/1999 88.970 88.970 2.000 2.000 ZN-27D 2/26/1999 107.070 107.070 2.000 2.000 11/27/2000 89.080 89.080 0.12% 2.010 2.010 0.50% 11/27/2000 107.200 107.200 0.12% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/17/2002 89.200 89.200 0.13% 1.990 1.990 -1.00% 5/17/2002 107.300 107.300 0.09% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

1/14/2004 89.300 89.300 0.11% 2.000 2.000 0.50% 1/14/2004 107.300 107.300 0.00% 2.000 2.000 0.00%

5/20/2005 89.200 89.200 -0.11% 2.000 2.000 0.00% 5/20/2005 107.400 107.300 0.09% 2.000 2.020 0.00%

11/17/2006 89.9.3009 .300 0.11% 1.990 1.990 -0.50% 11/17/2006 107.400 107.000 0.09% 2.030 2.030 0.50%

5/9/2008 89.300 89.300 0.00% 1.993 1.993 0.15% 5/9/2008 107.100 107.100 0.09% 2.025 2.025 -0.25%

12/11/2009 8989.3089.300 0.00% 1.992 1.992 -0.05% 12/11/2009 107.200 107.200 0.09% 2.024 2.024 -0.05%

1RX-62 2/26/1999 19.680 19.680_

11/27/2000 19.350 19.350 -1.68%

5/17/2002 19.780 19.780 2.22%

1/14/2004 19.730 19.730 -0.25%

5/20/2005 19.800 19.800 0.35%

11/17/2006 19.460 19.460 -1.72%

5/9/2008 19.930 19.380 2.42%

12/11/2009 ___19.200 19.200 -0.93%